WO2021008434A1 - Feedback information processing method and device - Google Patents

Feedback information processing method and device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021008434A1
WO2021008434A1 PCT/CN2020/101078 CN2020101078W WO2021008434A1 WO 2021008434 A1 WO2021008434 A1 WO 2021008434A1 CN 2020101078 W CN2020101078 W CN 2020101078W WO 2021008434 A1 WO2021008434 A1 WO 2021008434A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
feedback
time unit
pdsch
transmission time
transmission
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/101078
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
杭海存
施弘哲
纪刘榴
毕晓艳
王明哲
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2021008434A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021008434A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • H04L5/0055Physical resource allocation for ACK/NACK
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/1607Details of the supervisory signal
    • H04L1/1671Details of the supervisory signal the supervisory signal being transmitted together with control information
    • H04L1/1678Details of the supervisory signal the supervisory signal being transmitted together with control information where the control information is for timing, e.g. time stamps
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1867Arrangements specially adapted for the transmitter end
    • H04L1/1887Scheduling and prioritising arrangements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a method and equipment for processing feedback information.
  • This application discloses a feedback information processing method and equipment, which can improve the reliability of feedback.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a feedback information processing method.
  • multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit PDSCH correspond to at least two feedback time units; the first feedback time unit is the at least two feedback time units. Any one of the two feedback time units; the first transmission time unit is the last transmission time unit that repeatedly transmits the PDSCH in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit.
  • the terminal may calculate feedback information at least according to the PDSCH repeatedly transmitted by the first transmission time unit; and send the feedback information on the first feedback time unit.
  • the embodiment of the present application can send the feedback information of the PDSCH in two feedback time units respectively, thereby improving the reliability of the feedback.
  • the feedback information may be the PDSCH transmitted by the terminal according to the first transmission time unit, or the PDSCH transmitted by at least one of the first transmission time unit and the transmission time unit before it, calculated acquired. Wherein, if there is no transmission time unit for transmitting the PDSCH before the first transmission time unit, the terminal may calculate the feedback information according to the PDSCH transmitted by the first transmission time unit.
  • the at least two feedback time units include a second feedback time unit, and the time domain position of the first feedback time unit is before the time domain position of the second feedback time unit.
  • both the above two uplink time units can be used as feedback time units to feed back the feedback information of the PDSCH respectively.
  • the uplink time unit with the earlier position in the time domain can also be used to feed back the feedback information of the PDSCH, so that The network device can receive the PDSCH feedback information relatively early.
  • the embodiment of the present application can determine two feedback time units corresponding to multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH to feed back the feedback information of the PDSCH respectively. This enhances the reliability of the feedback and at the same time facilitates rapid feedback.
  • the terminal may directly send the ACK information in the second feedback time unit. Therefore, it is avoided that the terminal calculates the feedback information of the PDSCH again after receiving the PDSCH transmitted by the transmission time unit of the PDSCH repeatedly in the feedback window of the second feedback time unit. Therefore, this embodiment reduces the processing load of the terminal.
  • the number of repeated transmissions of the PDSCH may be once or twice.
  • the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted multiple times in a transmission time unit, which may also be referred to as repeated transmission in a transmission time unit. It can be seen that the same PDSCH can be repeatedly transmitted between multiple transmission time units, and can also be repeatedly transmitted within multiple transmission time units.
  • the feedback information of PDSCH transmission is fed back in a unit of transmission time unit, that is, no matter how many times the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted in the same transmission time unit, the terminal feeds back the feedback information of the PDSCH. It is the same as the feedback information processing method described in the foregoing embodiment. The only difference is that the number of PDSCH transmissions used in joint decoding is different when calculating the feedback information.
  • the manner in which the terminal sends feedback information in the feedback time unit is related to the PDSCH reception timing corresponding to the PDSCH transmission.
  • the PDSCH receiving opportunity corresponding to one or more PDSCH transmissions within a transmission time unit refers to the time domain resource occupied by the one or more PDSCH transmissions, and is part or all of a group of time domain resources corresponding to the PDSCH receiving opportunity.
  • the terminal feeds back the feedback information of the PDSCH it needs to send the feedback information on the feedback information field corresponding to the PDSCH reception timing corresponding to the PDSCH transmission.
  • the feedback information field corresponding to the PDSCH receiving occasion is a field in the HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the feedback information field is used to carry one or more bits of the HARQ-ACK information of the PDSCH transmitted on the time domain resource corresponding to the PDSCH receiving occasion.
  • the terminal can not only repeatedly transmit the PDSCH receiving opportunity corresponding to the PDSCH for the last time in the feedback window, and send the PDSCH feedback information on the corresponding feedback information field, but also can repeatedly transmit the PDSCH in other feedback windows.
  • the feedback information of the PDSCH is also sent on the corresponding feedback information field.
  • the terminal increases the number of times of feedback of the PDSCH feedback information in the HARQ-ACK codebook, which facilitates the network device to receive multiple times of the PDSCH feedback information, and greatly enhances the reliability of feedback.
  • the feedback window of the first feedback time unit further includes a second transmission time unit, and the second transmission time unit is also a transmission time unit for repeatedly transmitting the PDSCH.
  • Sending the feedback information by the terminal on the first feedback time unit includes: in the first feedback time unit, the terminal sends the feedback information on the feedback information field corresponding to the first PDSCH receiving opportunity, and receiving the second PDSCH The feedback information is sent on the feedback information field corresponding to the timing.
  • the first PDSCH reception timing is the first transmission time unit to repeatedly transmit the PDSCH corresponding to the PDSCH;
  • the second PDSCH reception timing is the second transmission time unit to repeatedly transmit the PDSCH corresponding to the PDSCH PDSCH reception timing.
  • the first PDSCH reception timing and the second PDSCH reception timing are determined based on multiple time domain resource allocation modes.
  • One such time domain resource allocation method corresponds to a time domain resource for transmitting PDSCH in a transmission time unit; the time domain resource for transmitting PDSCH is a time domain resource for transmitting PDSCH once or a time domain resource for repeatedly transmitting PDSCH for multiple times. Therefore, if the total time domain resources occupied by the PDSCH transmission in a transmission time unit are part or all of the time domain resources corresponding to a certain PDSCH reception occasion, then the PDSCH transmission in the transmission time unit corresponds to the PDSCH reception occasion. Thus, it is beneficial to send feedback information on the corresponding feedback information field.
  • the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH in one transmission time unit is the time domain resource for repeatedly transmitting the PDSCH for multiple times, according to the last symbol of the time domain resource for the first repeated transmission of the PDSCH in the transmission time unit, or The last symbol of the time domain resource for the last repeated transmission of the PDSCH in the transmission time unit determines the receiving timing of the time domain resource allocation mode.
  • At least two feedback time units corresponding to multiple transmission time units for repeated PDSCH transmission are determined according to one or more feedback timings indicated by the downlink control information.
  • the multiple transmission time units for repeatedly transmitting the PDSCH include a third transmission time unit and a fourth transmission time unit.
  • the downlink control information indicates a feedback timing K 1 ; the feedback timing K 1 is the feedback timing of the third transmission time unit.
  • Third transmission time units corresponding to the feedback time units, K 1 is the first time unit after the transmission time of the third unit, referred to as a third feedback unit time.
  • the fourth transmission time unit is a transmission time unit for repeatedly transmitting the PDSCH.
  • the timing offset from the third transmission time unit to the fourth transmission time is K 2 .
  • a fourth unit time corresponding to the feedback transmission unit time time units before the third feedback upstream of K 2 time units.
  • the third transmission time unit is the time unit with the lowest position in the time domain among the multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH.
  • the third transmission time unit is a time unit with the highest position in the time domain among multiple transmission time units for repeated transmission of the PDSCH.
  • the downlink control information indicates multiple feedback timings; among the multiple feedback timings, one of the feedback timings corresponds to one or more transmission time units for repeatedly transmitting the PDSCH.
  • the feedback time unit corresponding to the multiple transmission time units is the Kth after the transmission time unit with the lowest time domain position among the multiple transmission time units. i time units.
  • the at least two transmission time unit sets include a first transmission time unit set and a second transmission time unit set; the at least two transmission time unit sets use the sequence of time domain positions to repeat It is obtained by dividing multiple transmission time units for transmitting the PDSCH.
  • the downlink control information indicates a feedback timing K 1 , and the feedback timing K 1 is the feedback timing of the first transmission time unit set.
  • a first transmission time unit corresponding to the set feedback time units, K 1 is the first time unit after the transmission time units after the time position of the time-domain transmission unit closest to the first set, referred to as a third feedback unit time.
  • the timing set offset from the first transmission time unit set to the second transmission time unit set is K 2 .
  • a second transmission time unit corresponding to the set feedback time unit time units before the third feedback upstream of K 2 time units.
  • the first transmission time unit set is the transmission time unit set with the lowest position in the time domain among the at least two transmission time unit sets.
  • the first transmission time unit set is the transmission time unit set with the highest position in the time domain among the at least two transmission time unit sets.
  • the at least two transmission time unit sets include a first transmission time unit set and a second transmission time unit set; the at least two transmission time unit sets use the sequence of time domain positions to repeat It is obtained by dividing multiple transmission time units for transmitting the PDSCH.
  • the downlink control information indicates multiple feedback timings; one feedback timing corresponds to one transmission time unit set.
  • the feedback time unit corresponding to the first transmission time unit set is after the transmission time unit with the last time domain position in the first transmission time unit set. i time unit.
  • the above embodiments are mainly explained when the uplink and downlink subcarrier intervals are the same; if the uplink and downlink subcarrier intervals are different, the transmission time unit can be converted to the corresponding uplink time unit, and then the converted uplink time unit can be determined.
  • the feedback timing of the first transmission time unit is K 1
  • the feedback time unit corresponding to the first transmission time unit is: based on the uplink and downlink subcarrier intervals, determine the conversion of the first transmission time unit up to the time corresponding to the row unit; uplink time units based on the determined first number of backward K 1 time units as the first upstream transmission time unit corresponding to the feedback time unit.
  • the first transmit time feedback timing unit is K 1, the first transmission time unit corresponding to the feedback unit time upstream of K 1 after the first transmission time for that unit is directly Time unit.
  • the third uplink time unit is an uplink time unit converted by the third transmission time unit based on the uplink and downlink subcarrier spacing;
  • the fourth uplink time unit is an uplink time unit converted by the fourth transmission time unit based on the uplink and downlink subcarrier spacing.
  • the feedback time unit corresponding to the third transmission time unit is the same as the feedback time unit corresponding to the fourth transmission time unit.
  • the above-mentioned timing set offset from the first transmission time unit set to the second transmission time unit set is K 2 , which is actually the offset from the first uplink time unit set to the second uplink time unit set
  • the timing set is offset by K 2 .
  • the first uplink time unit set is an uplink time unit set formed by each transmission time unit in the first transmission time unit set based on the uplink time units obtained by conversion of the uplink and downlink subcarrier intervals.
  • the second uplink time unit set is an uplink time unit set formed by each transmission time unit in the second transmission time unit set based on the uplink time units obtained by conversion of the uplink and downlink subcarrier intervals.
  • the present application also provides a method for determining PDSCH reception timing.
  • the PDSCH reception timing determination method can determine one or more PDSCH reception timings corresponding to a transmission time unit or a downlink time unit.
  • the method for determining the timing of receiving the PDSCH includes: determining a time domain resource allocation method for multiple repeated transmissions of the PDSCH within a downlink time unit and multiple time domain resource allocation methods for PDSCH transmission at one time, as the multiple corresponding to the downlink time unit.
  • Time-domain resource allocation methods for multiple time-domain resource allocation methods corresponding to the downlink time unit, each time-domain resource allocation method is determined according to the last symbol of each time-domain resource allocation method and the time-domain resource overlap between each time-domain resource allocation method The PDSCH receiving timing corresponding to the time domain resource allocation method.
  • the specific implementation manner of the PDSCH receiving timing can refer to the related content in the specific implementation manner, which will not be detailed here.
  • the method for determining the PDSCH receiving timing described in the second aspect may be executed by a terminal or a network device respectively.
  • this application also provides a feedback information processing method.
  • the terminal may use multiple frequency domain resources to send feedback information multiple times. For example, the terminal sends the feedback information separately on at least two frequency domain resources.
  • the at least two frequency domain resources are respectively different frequency domain resources in feedback time units corresponding to multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH.
  • the feedback information may be the feedback information sent in the feedback time unit in each embodiment of the application, and will not be detailed here.
  • the feedback information processing method can send feedback information on different frequency domain resources, thereby enhancing the reliability of feedback.
  • this application also provides a feedback information processing method.
  • the terminal can calculate feedback information at least according to the PDSCH transmitted by the first transmission time unit; the terminal sends the feedback information on the first feedback time unit.
  • the first transmission time unit is a transmission time unit other than the last transmission time unit among the multiple transmission time units for repeatedly transmitting the PDSCH.
  • the time domain position of the first feedback time unit is before the last transmission time unit. It can be seen that in this implementation manner, the terminal may not need to wait until the PDSCH sent by the last transmission time unit before feeding back feedback information. This implementation mode is conducive to quick feedback.
  • the feedback information processing method further includes: the terminal sends the feedback information in the second feedback time unit.
  • the time domain position of the second feedback time unit is after the last transmission time unit.
  • the last transmission time unit is the transmission time unit with the lowest position in the time domain among multiple transmission time units for repeated transmission of the PDSCH.
  • the feedback information sent by the terminal in the second feedback time unit is the feedback information calculated by the terminal at least according to the PDSCH transmitted by the last transmission time unit; or, it is the feedback window of the terminal according to the second feedback time unit In, the PDSCH repeatedly transmitted in each transmission time unit, and the calculated feedback information.
  • the feedback information sent by the terminal on the second feedback time unit is the ACK information. That is, the terminal can directly send the ACK information in the second feedback time unit to avoid recalculation, thereby reducing the processing burden of the terminal.
  • this application also provides a feedback information processing method.
  • the terminal calculates the feedback information at least according to the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH repeatedly transmitted by the first transmission time unit; the terminal sends the feedback information on the first feedback time unit.
  • the first transmission time unit is the last transmission time unit in which the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit.
  • the feedback information can be calculated based at least on the PDSCH repeatedly transmitted by each transmission time unit in the feedback window. This is beneficial to feedback the feedback information in time.
  • the time domain position of the first feedback time unit is before the last transmission time unit of repeated transmission of the PDSCH and after the first transmission time unit of repeated transmission of the PDSCH. It can be seen that this embodiment can feed back the feedback information of the PDSCH as soon as possible.
  • the feedback information processing method further includes: the terminal sends the feedback information in the second feedback time unit.
  • the time domain position of the second feedback time unit is after the last transmission time unit.
  • the last transmission time unit is the transmission time unit with the lowest position in the time domain among multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH.
  • this application also provides a feedback information processing method.
  • the terminal calculates feedback information at least according to the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH repeatedly transmitted in the first transmission time unit; the terminal sends the feedback information on the first feedback time unit.
  • the first transmission time unit is the last transmission time unit that repeatedly transmits the PDSCH in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit; the first feedback time unit is multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH Among the uplink time units corresponding to the transmission time unit, the uplink time unit with the highest position in the time domain.
  • the feedback information processing method further includes: the terminal sends the feedback information in the second feedback time unit.
  • the second feedback time unit is the uplink time unit corresponding to the multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH, the uplink time unit with the latest time domain position or the time domain position after the first feedback time unit Upstream time unit.
  • the feedback information processing method described in the third aspect to the sixth aspect may also be combined with the content described in the first aspect to determine at least two feedbacks corresponding to multiple transmission time units of repeated PDSCH transmission Time unit; for example, in a semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook, multiple uplink time units corresponding to the multiple transmission time units are determined based on the feedback timing set configured by RRC; one or more of the multiple determined uplink time units are determined
  • the uplink time unit serves as the feedback time unit mentioned above.
  • the terminal may determine one or more feedback time units corresponding to the multiple transmission time units according to one or more feedback timings indicated by the DCI.
  • the feedback information processing method described in the third aspect to the sixth aspect may also be combined with the content described in the first aspect to execute the related implementation manner of the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the feedback information processing method described in the third aspect to the sixth aspect may also be combined with the content described in the second aspect to determine the PDSCH reception timing.
  • the present application also provides a feedback information processing method, which is different from the feedback information processing method described in the first aspect in that the feedback information processing method described in this aspect is from Explained on the network equipment side.
  • the network device receives the feedback information sent by the terminal on the first feedback time unit; the network device determines that the feedback information is at least the feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH repeatedly transmitted by the first transmission time unit.
  • the first feedback time unit is any one of at least two feedback time units corresponding to multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit PDSCH, and the first transmission time unit is the feedback of the first feedback time unit In the window, the last transmission time unit of the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted. It can be seen that in this embodiment, the network device can receive the feedback information sent by the terminal in at least two feedback time units, thereby improving the reliability of the feedback.
  • the first transmission time unit is one of multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH; the time domain position of the first feedback time unit is at the end of the repeated transmission of the PDSCH One transmission time unit before. It can be seen that this embodiment can realize the feedback as soon as possible on the first feedback time unit.
  • the feedback information processing method further includes: the network device receives the recalculated feedback information sent by the terminal on the second feedback time unit; the network device determines that the feedback information is based on at least the last transmission time The feedback information calculated by the PDSCH transmitted by the unit.
  • the last transmission time unit is the transmission time unit with the lowest position in the time domain among multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH.
  • the time domain position of the second feedback time unit is after the last transmission time unit.
  • the first transmission time unit is the last transmission time unit in which the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit.
  • the time domain position of the first feedback time unit is before the last transmission time unit of repeated transmission of the PDSCH. It can be seen that in this embodiment, the network device can receive the feedback information as soon as possible.
  • the first transmission time unit is the last transmission time unit in which the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit.
  • the first feedback time unit is the feedback time unit with the highest position in the time domain among at least two feedback time units corresponding to multiple transmission time units for repeatedly transmitting the PDSCH. It can be seen that in this embodiment, the network device can receive the feedback information as soon as possible.
  • the network device determining that the feedback information is at least the feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH repeatedly transmitted by the first transmission time unit includes: the network device determines that the feedback information is repeatedly transmitted by the first transmission time unit and the second transmission time unit Feedback information corresponding to PDSCH.
  • the network device can learn that the feedback information is obtained by performing joint calculations on PDSCHs that are repeatedly transmitted in the first transmission time unit and the second transmission time unit respectively.
  • the second transmission time unit is another transmission time unit in which the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit.
  • the at least two feedback time units include a second feedback time unit; the time domain position of the first feedback time unit is before the time domain position of the second feedback time unit.
  • the network device receives the positive feedback ACK information sent by the terminal on the second feedback time unit; the network device determines that the ACK information is at least the first transmission time unit ACK information corresponding to the repeatedly transmitted PDSCH. It can be seen that the network device of this embodiment can receive at least two ACK information sent by the terminal, thereby enhancing the reliability of ACK information feedback.
  • the number of repeated transmissions of the PDSCH within one transmission time unit is one or more times.
  • the network device receiving the feedback information sent by the terminal in the first feedback time unit includes: the network device is in the first feedback time unit, and the feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH reception timing The feedback information is received in the field, and the feedback information is received in the feedback information field corresponding to the second PDSCH receiving opportunity; the first PDSCH receiving opportunity is the repeated transmission of the PDSCH corresponding to the PDSCH in the first transmission time unit Reception timing; the second PDSCH reception timing is the second transmission time unit to repeatedly transmit the PDSCH reception timing corresponding to the PDSCH; the time domain position of the second transmission time unit in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit Before the first transmission time unit.
  • the first PDSCH reception timing and the second PDSCH reception timing are determined based on multiple time domain resource allocation methods; one of the time domain resource allocation methods corresponds to the transmission of PDSCH in a transmission time unit
  • the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH is the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH once or the time domain resource for repeatedly transmitting the PDSCH for multiple times.
  • the method when the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted multiple times in a transmission time unit, the method further includes: according to the last symbol of the time domain resource for the first repeated transmission of the PDSCH in the transmission time unit, or the The last symbol of the time domain resource of the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted for the last time in the transmission time unit, and the receiving timing of the time domain resource allocation manner is determined. It can be seen that this implementation manner can determine the corresponding PDSCH reception timing for repeated transmission within the transmission time unit, thereby facilitating sending feedback information in the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the at least two feedback time units are determined based on one feedback timing or multiple feedback timings indicated by the downlink control information.
  • how to determine the at least two feedback time units according to the one feedback time sequence or multiple feedback time slots can refer to the related content described in the first aspect above, which will not be detailed here.
  • the present application also provides a terminal, which has some or all of the functions of the terminal in the method examples described in the first to seventh aspects.
  • the function of the terminal may have some or all of the functions in this application.
  • the functions in all the embodiments may also have the function of independently implementing any of the embodiments in this application.
  • the function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
  • the structure of the terminal may include a processing unit and a communication unit, and the processing unit is configured to support the terminal to perform corresponding functions in the foregoing method.
  • the communication unit is used to support communication between the terminal and other devices.
  • the terminal may also include a storage unit, which is configured to be coupled with the processing unit and the sending unit, and stores necessary program instructions and data for the terminal.
  • the terminal includes:
  • a processing unit configured to calculate feedback information at least according to the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH repeatedly transmitted by the first transmission time unit;
  • the communication unit is configured to send the feedback information on the first feedback time unit
  • the first feedback time unit is any one of at least two feedback time units corresponding to multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH;
  • the first transmission time unit is the last transmission time unit in which the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit.
  • the processing unit may be a processor
  • the communication unit may be a transceiver
  • the storage unit may be a memory
  • the terminal includes:
  • a processor configured to calculate feedback information at least according to the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH repeatedly transmitted by the first transmission time unit;
  • a transceiver configured to send the feedback information on the first feedback time unit
  • the first feedback time unit is any one of at least two feedback time units corresponding to multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH;
  • the first transmission time unit is the last transmission time unit in which the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit.
  • this application also provides a network device.
  • the network device can implement part or all of the functions of the network device in the example of the method described in the seventh aspect.
  • the function of the network device can have some or all of the functions in the embodiments of the network device in this application, or can be implemented separately The function of any of the embodiments in this application.
  • the function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
  • the structure of the network device may include a processing unit and a communication unit, and the communication unit is configured to support the network device to perform corresponding functions in the foregoing method.
  • the communication unit is used to support communication between the network device and other devices.
  • the network device may further include a storage unit, which is configured to be coupled with the acquisition unit and the sending unit, and stores the program instructions and data necessary for the network device.
  • the network device includes:
  • the communication unit is configured to receive feedback information sent by the terminal on the first feedback time unit; the first feedback time unit is one of at least two feedback time units corresponding to multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH Any of
  • the processing unit is configured to determine that the feedback information is at least the feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH that is repeatedly transmitted by the first transmission time unit; the first transmission time unit is in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit, repeated The last transmission time unit of the PDSCH is transmitted.
  • the communication unit may be a transceiver
  • the storage unit may be a memory
  • the processing unit may be a processor.
  • the network device includes:
  • the transceiver is configured to receive the feedback information sent by the terminal on the first feedback time unit; the first feedback time unit is one of at least two feedback time units corresponding to multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH Any of
  • the processor is configured to determine that the feedback information is at least the feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH repeatedly transmitted by the first transmission time unit; the first transmission time unit is in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit, repeating The last transmission time unit of the PDSCH is transmitted.
  • the processor can be used to perform, for example, but not limited to, baseband related processing
  • the transceiver can be used to perform, for example, but not limited to, radio frequency transceiving.
  • the above-mentioned devices may be respectively arranged on independent chips, or at least partly or fully arranged on the same chip.
  • the processor can be further divided into an analog baseband processor and a digital baseband processor.
  • the analog baseband processor can be integrated with the transceiver on the same chip, and the digital baseband processor can be set on a separate chip. With the continuous development of integrated circuit technology, more and more devices can be integrated on the same chip.
  • a digital baseband processor can be combined with a variety of application processors (such as but not limited to graphics processors, multimedia processors, etc.) Integrated on the same chip.
  • application processors such as but not limited to graphics processors, multimedia processors, etc.
  • Such a chip can be called a system chip (System on Chip). Whether each device is independently arranged on different chips or integrated on one or more chips often depends on the specific needs of product design. The embodiment of the present invention does not limit the specific implementation form of the foregoing device.
  • the present application also provides a processor for executing the above-mentioned various methods.
  • the processes of sending and receiving the information in the foregoing methods can be understood as the process of outputting the foregoing information by the processor and the process of receiving the input of the foregoing information by the processor.
  • the processor when outputting the above-mentioned information, the processor outputs the above-mentioned information to the transceiver for transmission by the transceiver.
  • other processing may be required before it reaches the transceiver.
  • the transceiver receives the aforementioned information and inputs it into the processor. Furthermore, after the transceiver receives the above-mentioned information, the above-mentioned information may need to undergo other processing before being input to the processor.
  • the sending feedback information mentioned in the foregoing method can be understood as the feedback information sent and output by the processor.
  • receiving feedback information can be understood as the processor receiving feedback information.
  • the processor outputs and receives, inputs and other operations, instead of transmitting, sending and receiving directly by the radio frequency circuit and antenna.
  • the foregoing processor may be a processor dedicated to executing these methods, or a processor that executes computer instructions in a memory to execute these methods, such as a general-purpose processor.
  • the above-mentioned memory may be a non-transitory (non-transitory) memory, such as a read only memory (Read Only Memory, ROM), which can be integrated with the processor on the same chip, or can be set on different chips.
  • ROM read only memory
  • the embodiment does not limit the type of the memory and the setting mode of the memory and the processor.
  • this application also provides a communication system, which includes at least one terminal and at least one network device according to the above aspects.
  • the system may also include other devices that interact with terminals or network devices in the solution provided in this application.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a computer storage medium for storing computer software instructions used by the above-mentioned terminal, which includes instructions for executing any one of the first to sixth aspects of the above-mentioned method. program.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a computer storage medium for storing computer software instructions used by the above-mentioned network device, which includes a program for executing the second or seventh aspect of the above method.
  • this application also provides a computer program product including instructions, which when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method described in any one of the first to sixth aspects.
  • this application also provides a computer program product including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method described in the second or seventh aspect.
  • this application also provides a computer program including instructions, which when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method described in the second or seventh aspect.
  • the present application provides a chip system, which includes a processor and an interface, and is used to support the terminal to implement the functions involved in any aspect of the first to sixth aspects, for example, to determine or process the above method At least one of the data and information involved in.
  • the chip system further includes a memory, and the memory is used to store necessary program instructions and data of the network device.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the present application provides a chip system, which includes a processor and an interface, and is used to support a network device to implement the functions involved in the second or seventh aspect, for example, to determine or process the above-mentioned methods. At least one of the data and information involved.
  • the chip system further includes a memory, and the memory is used to store necessary program instructions and data of the network device.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • FIG. 1 is an example diagram of a V2X system related to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is an example diagram of a wireless communication system related to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 3 is an example diagram of HARQ-ACK information feedback in the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook involved in an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 4 is an example diagram of PDSCH reception timing corresponding to each time domain resource allocation method involved in an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 5 is another example diagram of PDSCH reception timing corresponding to each time domain resource allocation method involved in an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 6 is an example diagram of HARQ-ACK information feedback in a dynamic HARQ-ACK codebook provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 7 is an example diagram of repeated PDSCH transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is another example diagram of repeated PDSCH transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is an example diagram of HARQ-ACK information feedback for repeated PDSCH transmission in the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook currently provided.
  • FIG. 10 is an example diagram of the correspondence between PDSCH transmission, PDSCH reception timing, and feedback information fields involved in an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 11 is another example diagram of HARQ-ACK information feedback for repeated transmission of PDSCH in the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook currently provided;
  • FIG. 12 is another example diagram of HARQ-ACK information feedback for repeated transmission of PDSCH in the dynamic HARQ-ACK codebook currently provided;
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of a feedback information processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is an exemplary diagram of HARQ-ACK information feedback for repeated PDSCH transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is an example diagram of HARQ-ACK information feedback for repeated PDSCH transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 16 is a schematic flowchart of another feedback information processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is another example diagram of HARQ-ACK information feedback for repeated PDSCH transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 19 is another example diagram of HARQ-ACK information feedback for repeated PDSCH transmission provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 21 is another example diagram of HARQ-ACK information feedback for repeated PDSCH transmission provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 22 is another example diagram of HARQ-ACK information feedback for repeated PDSCH transmission provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining a PDSCH reception timing provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 24 is an example diagram of a time domain resource allocation manner for a PDSCH transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 25 is an exemplary diagram of a time domain resource allocation manner for multiple PDSCH transmissions provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 26 is an example diagram of PDSCH reception timing corresponding to each time domain resource allocation method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 27 is another example diagram of HARQ-ACK information feedback for repeated PDSCH transmission provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 28 is an exemplary diagram of a method for determining a feedback time unit provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 29 is an example diagram of a method for determining a feedback time unit provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 30 is another example diagram of a method for determining a feedback time unit provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 31 is another example diagram of a method for determining a feedback time unit provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 32 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 33 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • the technical solution of the present application can be specifically applied to various communication systems.
  • the technical solution of this application can also be used in future networks, such as 5G systems, also called new radio (NR) systems, or can be used in device to device (device to device, D2D) system, machine to machine (M2M) system and so on.
  • 5G systems also called new radio (NR) systems
  • NR new radio
  • D2D device to device
  • M2M machine to machine
  • V2X vehicle to everything
  • X stands for anything
  • the communication methods in the V2X system are collectively referred to as V2X communication.
  • the V2X communication includes: vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) communication, vehicle to roadside infrastructure (vehicle to infrastructure, V2I) communication, vehicle to pedestrian communication (vehicle to vehicle, V2V) pedestrian, V2P) or vehicle-to-network (V2N) communication, etc.
  • V2V vehicle-to-vehicle
  • V2I vehicle to roadside infrastructure
  • V2N vehicle-to-network
  • the communication between the terminal devices involved in the V2X system is widely referred to as slide link (SL) communication.
  • SL slide link
  • the technical solution of the present application may also be applied to the Internet of Vehicles, that is, the terminal described in the present application may also be a vehicle or a vehicle component applied to a vehicle.
  • V2X communication can be collectively referred to as V2X communication.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a V2X system in the prior art. The diagram includes V2V communication, V2P communication, and V2I/N communication. V2X communication is aimed at high-speed devices represented by vehicles. It is the basic technology and key technology applied in scenarios with very high communication delay requirements in the future, such as smart cars, autonomous driving, and intelligent transportation systems.
  • vehicles or vehicle components communicate through V2V.
  • Vehicles or vehicle components can broadcast their own speed, driving direction, specific location, whether emergency brakes are stepped on, and other information to surrounding vehicles.
  • drivers of surrounding vehicles can better perceive traffic conditions outside the line of sight , So as to make advance judgments of dangerous situations and make avoidance;
  • vehicles or vehicle components communicate with roadside infrastructure through V2I, and roadside infrastructure can provide various types of service information and data network access for vehicles or vehicle components .
  • non-stop charging, in-car entertainment and other functions have greatly improved traffic intelligence.
  • Roadside infrastructure for example, roadside unit (RSU) includes two types: one is a terminal device type RSU.
  • the RSU of this terminal equipment type Since the RSU is distributed on the roadside, the RSU of this terminal equipment type is in a non-mobile state, and there is no need to consider mobility; the other is the RSU of the network equipment type.
  • the RSU of this network device type can provide timing synchronization and resource scheduling for vehicles or vehicle components communicating with network devices. Vehicles or vehicle components communicate with people through V2P; vehicles or vehicle components communicate with the network through V2N. V2N and the aforementioned V2I can be collectively referred to as V2I/N.
  • the network architecture and business scenarios described in the embodiments of this application are intended to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application, and do not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of this application.
  • Those of ordinary skill in the art will know that With the evolution of the network architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are equally applicable to similar technical problems.
  • the network equipment involved in the embodiments of the present application includes a base station (base station, BS), which may be a device that is deployed in a wireless access network and can communicate with a terminal wirelessly.
  • the base station may have many forms, such as macro base stations, micro base stations, relay stations, and access points.
  • the base station involved in the embodiment of the present application may be a base station in 5G or a base station in LTE, where the base station in 5G may also be called a transmission reception point (TRP).
  • TRP transmission reception point
  • the device used to implement the function of the network device may be a network device; it may also be a device capable of supporting the network device to implement the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed in the network device.
  • the device used to implement the functions of the network equipment is the network equipment, and the network equipment is a base station as an example to describe the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the term "exemplary” is used to indicate an example, illustration, or illustration. Any embodiment or design solution described as an "example” in this application should not be construed as being more preferable or advantageous than other embodiments or design solutions. Rather, the term example is used to present the concept in a concrete way.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the wireless communication system may include: multiple network devices (for example, TRP), and one or more terminals.
  • the network device can be used to communicate with the terminal through a wireless interface under the control of a network device controller (not shown).
  • the network device controller may be a part of the core network, or may be integrated into the network device.
  • the network device may be used to transmit control information or user data to the core network through a backhaul interface.
  • TRP1 and TRP2 may also communicate with each other directly or indirectly through a backhaul (backhaul) interface.
  • multiple network devices can schedule the same terminal, that is, a multi-station transmission scenario. For example, multiple network devices schedule the same terminal to realize repeated transmission in the time domain.
  • the feedback information is hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ)-determined feedback (ACK) information.
  • HARQ-ACK information is for fast retransmission of lost or erroneous data.
  • the terminal After receiving the physical downlink share channel (PDSCH) transmission, the terminal will determine the HARQ-ACK information transmitted by the PDSCH, such as determining to feed back ACK information/negatively feed back NACK information, and send the HARQ-ACK to the base station Information to enable the base station to determine whether the PDSCH needs to be retransmitted.
  • PDSCH physical downlink share channel
  • the time unit can be one or more radio frames, one or more subframes, one or more time slots, one or more mini slots, one or more orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (orthogonal frequency division). Multiplexing, OFDM) symbols, discrete Fourier transform spread spectrum orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (discrete fourier transform spread spectrum orthogonal frequency division multiplexing, DFT-S-OFDM) symbols, etc., can also be composed of multiple frames or subframes Time window, such as the system information (SI) window.
  • SI system information
  • the time domain resources occupied by one PDSCH transmission are one or more OFDM symbols, or one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols, or one or more mini-slots.
  • one mini-slot may include multiple OFDM symbols or DFT-S-OFDM symbols.
  • the time unit where the uplink transmission is located or the time unit containing the uplink transmission resource may be referred to as the uplink time unit; for example, the uplink time slot.
  • the time unit where the downlink transmission is located or includes the time unit where the downlink transmission is located may be referred to as a downlink time unit; for example, a downlink time slot.
  • the terminal can use different methods to determine the correspondence between the downlink time unit and the uplink time unit according to whether the HARQ-ACK codebook is configured as a semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook or a dynamic HARQ-ACK codebook.
  • the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook means that the size of the HARQ-ACK codebook does not change with the actual situation of data scheduling. That is to say, in the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook, the size of the HARQ-ACK codebook is determined according to predefined or radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) configuration parameters.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the PDSCH reception timing set corresponding to the uplink time unit is the union of the PDSCH reception timing sets of each downlink time unit corresponding to the uplink time unit.
  • each downlink time unit corresponding to the uplink time unit is determined.
  • M is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the uplink and downlink subcarrier intervals are different, and the time domain length occupied by the uplink time unit and the time domain length occupied by the downlink time unit are also different. Therefore, based on the feedback timing set, the correspondence between the uplink time unit and the downlink time unit is determined When the relationship is related, it also needs to be converted according to the uplink and downlink sub-carrier spacing, which is well known to those skilled in the art and will not be repeated here.
  • time slots 4 and 6 are uplink time slots.
  • the downlink time slot corresponding to the uplink time slot 4 is based on the uplink time slot 4, and the k 0 (ie 3) and k 1 (ie 4) time slots counted forward are: downlink time slot 1, downlink Time slot 0.
  • the downlink time slot corresponding to uplink time slot 6 is based on uplink time slot 6, and the k 0 (3) and k 1 (4)th time slots counted forward respectively are the downlink time slot 3 and the downlink time slot. Gap 2.
  • the time domain resource allocation method can be used for downlink data transmission, or does not include a time domain resource allocation method configured as an uplink transmission resource.
  • a time-domain resource allocation method in which a symbol is configured as an uplink symbol can be deleted from the PDSCH time-domain resource allocation method list, and the remaining time-domain resource allocation method is a time-domain resource allocation method that can be used for downlink data transmission.
  • a downlink time unit has optional N time domain resource allocation methods, and the selection can be used for downlink N 1 time domain resource allocation methods for data transmission.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • N is an integer greater than or equal to 1; when N 1 is an integer greater than 0, perform the relevant content of (2) or (3) below; when N 1 is equal to 0, it means that there is no PDSCH receiving opportunity for this downlink time unit.
  • the following steps are used to determine the PDSCH reception timing corresponding to the transmission time unit;
  • N 2 time domain resource allocation methods From the N 1 time domain resource allocation methods, select N 2 time domain resource allocation methods with the earliest last symbol; where N 2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to the N 1 .
  • the "allocation method of time domain resources with the earliest last symbol” mentioned in this article refers to the last symbol of the time domain resource corresponding to the time domain resource allocation method, and the position on the time domain resource is the first; or It means that the index value of the last symbol of the time domain resource corresponding to the time domain resource allocation method is the smallest.
  • N 3 is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than N 1 .
  • N 4 is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than N 1 .
  • the downstream time slot has 6 time-domain resource allocation methods that can be used for downlink data transmission; and the terminal supports multiple PDSCH transmissions on one time unit.
  • the time-domain resource allocation method with the earliest last symbol is time-domain resource allocation method 4;
  • the time-domain resource allocation method 4 has time Time-domain resource allocation methods with overlapping domain resources are time-domain resource allocation methods 0, 1, and 2; determine the time-domain resource allocation methods 4, 0, 1, and 2 corresponding to PDSCH reception timing 1; based on step (3), from the 6 After deleting the four time-domain resource allocation methods in the time-domain resource allocation method, the remaining time-domain resource allocation methods are: time-domain resource allocation methods 3 and 5.
  • the earliest time-domain resource allocation method for the last symbol is time-domain resource allocation method 5;
  • the resource overlap is time domain resource allocation method 3; determine the time domain resource allocation methods 3 and 5 corresponding to PDSCH receiving timing 2; so far, the six time domain resource allocation methods all have corresponding PDSCH receiving opportunities, that is, the downlink time slot
  • the PDSCH reception timing set includes PDSCH reception timing 1 and PDSCH reception timing 2.
  • the N 1 time domain resource allocation methods are marked as the same PDSCH reception opportunity.
  • the six time-domain resource allocation methods are marked as PDSCH reception opportunity 1, that is, the transmission time unit corresponds to a PDSCH reception opportunity 1.
  • time domain resource allocation method adopted for one PDSCH transmission corresponding to the timing is one of the multiple time domain resource allocation methods.
  • the corresponding PDSCH reception time set can be determined through the above steps; the union of the PDSCH reception time set corresponding to each downlink time unit is the uplink time unit A collection of PDSCH reception timings.
  • the PDSCH reception timing corresponds to a group of time domain resources, and the group of time domain resources may receive the PDSCH.
  • the PDSCH reception timing corresponding to the PDSCH transmission refers to the time domain resources occupied by the PDSCH transmission, and is part or all of a group of time domain resources corresponding to the corresponding PDSCH reception timing.
  • each PDSCH receiving occasion has a corresponding feedback information field, which is used to indicate the HARQ-ACK information of the PDSCH transmission corresponding to the PDSCH receiving occasion.
  • the feedback information field is a position in the HARQ-ACK codebook, and the position is used to carry one or more bits indicating the HARQ-ACK information of the PDSCH.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook can be sent on the uplink time unit.
  • the feedback information field corresponding to each PDSCH receiving opportunity in the uplink time unit corresponds to the arrangement order of each PDSCH receiving opportunity.
  • the higher the sequence of PDSCH reception opportunities the higher the feedback information field corresponding to the PDSCH reception opportunities.
  • the sequence of the multiple PDSCH reception opportunities corresponding to the same downlink time unit is: in the downlink time unit, the sequence of determining the PDSCH reception opportunities in the above steps (1) to (4).
  • the order of determining the PDSCH receiving timing is: PDSCH receiving timing 1, PDSCH receiving timing 2, then in the uplink time unit, the feedback information field corresponding to PDSCH receiving timing 1 is before the feedback information field corresponding to PDSCH receiving timing 2. .
  • the sequence of PDSCH reception opportunities is: the time domain resource allocation mode corresponding to the PDSCH reception opportunities is marked as the marking sequence of the PDSCH reception opportunities.
  • the arrangement order of PDSCH reception opportunities is based on the order of the time domain position of each transmission time unit.
  • the sequence of the PDSCH reception opportunities is arranged in the sequence of the time domain position of each downlink time unit.
  • the feedback window of the uplink time unit 4 includes downlink time units 0 and 1, and the time domain position of the downlink time unit 0 is before the time domain position of the downlink time unit 1.
  • the sequence of PDSCH reception timing of downlink time unit 0 is PDSCH reception timing 0-1 and PDSCH reception timing 0-2;
  • the sequence of PDSCH reception timing of downlink time unit 1 is PDSCH reception timing 1-1 and PDSCH reception timing 1- 2.
  • the sequence of PDSCH reception timings corresponding to the uplink time unit 4 is: PDSCH reception timing 0-1, PDSCH reception timing 0-2, PDSCH reception timing 1-1, and PDSCH reception timing 1-2.
  • the sequence of PDSCH receiving occasions corresponding to different serving cells is as follows: priority is arranged based on the size order of the cell identifiers.
  • the determined PDSCH reception timing corresponding to downlink time unit 0 is: PDSCH reception timing 1-0-1 and PDSCH reception timing 1-0- 2.
  • the PDSCH reception timing corresponding to the downlink time unit 1 is: PDSCH reception timing 1-1-1 and PDSCH reception timing 1-1-2.
  • the determined PDSCH reception timing corresponding to the downlink time unit 0 is: PDSCH reception timing 2-0-1 and PDSCH reception timing 2-0-2
  • the determined PDSCH reception timing corresponding to the downlink time unit 1 is: PDSCH reception timing 2-1-1 and PDSCH reception timing 2-1-2.
  • the sequence of the PDSCH reception timing corresponding to the uplink time unit 4 is: PDSCH reception timing 1-0-1, PDSCH reception timing 1-0-2, PDSCH reception timing 1-1-1, PDSCH reception timing 1-1 -2; PDSCH reception timing 2-0-1, PDSCH reception timing 2-0-2, PDSCH reception timing 2-1-1, PDSCH reception timing 2-1-2.
  • the order of PDSCH reception timing can be prioritized based on the cell identity for different cells; secondly, for each cell, it can be arranged based on the index number of the transmission time unit or time domain order; then, for each transmission time
  • the multiple PDSCH receiving occasions of a unit can be arranged based on the index or marking order of the PDSCH receiving occasions.
  • the dynamic HARQ-ACK codebook means that the size of the HARQ-ACK codebook changes as the actual situation of data scheduling changes.
  • the terminal determines the uplink time unit corresponding to the downlink time unit according to the feedback timing K 1 carried in the downlink control information; further, determines the uplink time unit to report HARQ-ACK information.
  • the feedback information field is used to carry one or more bits of HARQ-ACK information of the PDSCH scheduled by the downlink control information.
  • the feedback information field for feeding back HARQ-ACK information is dynamically indicated by the HARQ feedback timing indicator field, PUCCH resource indicator field, and downlink allocation indicator field of the PDSCH scheduled by the downlink control information.
  • the uplink and downlink subcarrier intervals are different, first convert the downlink time unit to the uplink time unit corresponding to the uplink based on the uplink and downlink subcarrier interval; then, determine the "K 1 "th time unit after the converted uplink time unit as determined based on the feedback timing K 1, which is a time unit corresponding to an uplink downlink time units.
  • the index number of the downlink time unit is the same as the index number of the uplink time unit, without conversion; therefore, the "K 1 "th time unit after the downlink time unit is based on feedback K 1 determined by the timing of the downlink time units corresponding uplink time unit.
  • the uplink and downlink subcarrier intervals are the same. Scheduling the downlink control information of the downlink time slot 3, and the indicated feedback timing is 3, then the downlink time slot 3 is used as the reference, and the third time slot counted backward, that is, the uplink time slot 6. In this way, the HARQ-ACK information of the PDSCH transmitted in the downlink time slot 3 can be sent in the uplink time slot 6.
  • the position of the HARQ-ACK information of the PDSCH transmitted in the downlink time unit in the uplink time unit is also indicated by the downlink control information.
  • the downlink control information For example, it is indicated by the feedback indication field or the physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) indication field in the downlink control information.
  • PUCCH physical uplink control channel
  • the same physical downlink shared channel can be repeatedly transmitted on multiple time units ( Physical Downlink Share Channel, PDSCH). Therefore, it is possible to improve the robustness of transmission by using the channel's uncorrelation in time.
  • the frequency domain resources for repeated PDSCH transmission in each time unit are the same.
  • the embodiments disclosed in the present application take PDSCH as an example to illustrate the feedback information processing method.
  • the embodiments disclosed in this application can also be applied to other downlink data.
  • the same PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted between time slot n, time slot n+1, time slot n+2, time slot n+3, and each time slot repeatedly transmits the PDSCH
  • the number is once.
  • repeated transmission of the same PDSCH between multiple time slots can also be referred to as repeated transmission between time slots.
  • the same PDSCH is transmitted for the first time on time slot n, which is also called the first transmission, and the second transmission is performed on time slot n+1, which is also called retransmission.
  • the same PDSCH that has been transmitted multiple times is collectively referred to as repeated transmission of the same PDSCH, or repeated transmission of PDSCH.
  • the same PDSCH is not only repeatedly transmitted between time slot n, time slot n+1, time slot n+2, and time slot n+3, but also time slot n and time slot Transmission is repeated in time slot n+1, time slot n+2, and time slot n+3.
  • the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted twice in each time slot.
  • the same PDSCH is transmitted twice in time slot n.
  • two transmissions of the same PDSCH in time slot n are called repeated transmission of the same PDSCH, or repeated transmission of PDSCH.
  • multiple PDSCHs may be repeatedly transmitted on multiple time units at the same time.
  • This article describes the situation where one PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted on multiple time units.
  • the relevant embodiments of this application can be implemented for each PDSCH repeated transmission. Just implement it. Therefore, unless otherwise specified in the embodiments of the present application, the PDSCH described below refers specifically to the same PDSCH that is repeatedly transmitted in multiple time units.
  • a PDSCH specifically refers to a PDSCH that is repeatedly transmitted; one PDSCH transmission or one PDSCH repeated transmission specifically refers to one transmission of the PDSCH.
  • the embodiment of the present application collectively refers to downlink time units for repeated PDSCH transmission as transmission time units. That is to say, the transmission time unit in this embodiment refers to a downlink time unit that repeatedly transmits PDSCH.
  • the uplink time unit that feeds back the HARQ-ACK information of the repeatedly transmitted PDSCH is called the feedback time unit.
  • the number of times that a transmission time unit repeatedly transmits the PDSCH may be one or more times.
  • Different transmission time units occupies different time domain resource locations, that is, different transmission time units have a sequence or a sequence of early and late in the time domain.
  • Different feedback time units occupies different time domain resource locations, that is, different feedback time units have a sequence or an order of morning and evening in the time domain. Therefore, in this article, both the transmission time unit and the feedback time unit refer to a certain period of time in the time domain.
  • the time-domain positional relationship between multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit PDSCH and the corresponding at least two feedback time units is: among the at least two feedback time units, the feedback time unit with the highest position in the time domain is located in the multiple feedback time units. After the transmission time unit with the highest time domain position among the transmission time units; among the at least two feedback time units, the feedback time unit with the lowest time domain position is located at the closest time domain position among the multiple transmission time units After the transmission time unit.
  • the transmission time unit There is a correspondence between the transmission time unit and the feedback time unit. Based on this correspondence, the HARQ-ACK information of the repeatedly transmitted PDSCH can be sent in the corresponding feedback time unit.
  • the last transmission time unit, the last transmission time unit, the transmission time unit where the last PDSCH transmission was located, and the last transmission time unit where the PDSCH was repeatedly transmitted refer to the same transmission time unit.
  • the last transmission time unit of repeated transmission of the PDSCH in the feedback window may also be referred to as the last transmission time unit of the PDSCH.
  • the embodiments of this application do not make limitations.
  • the feedback time unit corresponding to the transmission time unit may be referred to as the feedback time unit corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission, the last PDSCH transmission, or all PDSCH transmissions in the transmission time unit.
  • the transmission time unit and the feedback time unit may be a time slot or a sub-slot.
  • the transmission time unit and the feedback time unit are both explained by taking the time slot as an example.
  • the feedback window of the feedback time unit includes one or more transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH.
  • the one or more transmission time units corresponding to the feedback time unit are determined based on the feedback time unit and the feedback timing set.
  • the one or more transmission time units corresponding to the feedback time unit are the feedback timing indicated by the downlink control information, or the feedback timing indicated by the downlink control information is pre-defined by the protocol or configured by RRC The combination of parameters is determined.
  • the feedback window of the feedback time unit may include one or more transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH.
  • the transmission time unit is also the last transmission time unit of the repeated transmission of the PDSCH in the feedback window.
  • the transmission time unit is also the last transmission time unit for transmitting the PDSCH in the feedback window.
  • FIG. 9 is an example diagram of HARQ-ACK information feedback for repeated PDSCH transmission in the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook currently provided.
  • the transmission time unit is a time slot; the size of the feedback time unit is also a time slot, which is called a feedback time slot.
  • the same PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted between multiple transmission time units, for example, between the transmission time unit time slot n, time slot n+1, time slot n+2, and time slot n+3.
  • the terminal can send the HARQ-ACK information of the PDSCH in the time slot M.
  • the HARQ-ACK information is obtained by calculation based on the PDSCH transmitted in at least one of time slot n, time slot n+1, time slot n+2, and time slot n+3.
  • the PDSCH reception timing corresponding to the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH in time slot n is PDSCH reception timing Tn; the corresponding feedback information field in the HARQ-ACK codebook of time slot N for the PDSCH reception timing Tn is Feedback information field Bn.
  • the PDSCH receiving timing corresponding to the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH in time slot n+1 is the PDSCH receiving timing Tn+1; the PDSCH receiving timing Tn+1 is the feedback information field in the HARQ-ACK codebook of the time slot N as feedback Information field Bn+1.
  • the PDSCH receiving timing corresponding to the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH in time slot n+2 is the PDSCH receiving timing Tn+2; the PDSCH receiving timing Tn+2 is the feedback information field in the HARQ-ACK codebook of the time slot M as feedback Information field Bn+2.
  • the PDSCH receiving timing corresponding to the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH in time slot n+3 is the PDSCH receiving timing Tn+3; the PDSCH receiving timing Tn+3 is the feedback information field in the HARQ-ACK codebook of the time slot M as feedback Information field Bn+3.
  • the transmission time unit is a time slot; the size of the feedback time unit is also a time slot, which is called a feedback time slot.
  • the uplink time slot N since neither time slot n nor time slot n+1 is the last time slot for repeated transmission of the PDSCH, the uplink time slot N is not a feedback time slot. Therefore, in the uplink time slot N, the NACK information is directly sent on the feedback information fields Bn and Bn+1.
  • time slot n+2 is not the last time slot in which the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted. Therefore, the terminal directly sends NACK information on the feedback information field Bn+2 in time slot M.
  • the time slot n+3 is the last time slot in which the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted. Therefore, in the time slot M, the terminal sends HARQ-ACK information on the feedback information field Bn+3.
  • the current HARQ-ACK information feedback technical solution for dynamic HARQ-ACK codebooks is shown in Figure 12.
  • the same PDSCH is in time slot n, time slot n+1, time slot n+2, and time slot n+3.
  • the downlink control information indicates the last time slot of repeated PDSCH transmission, that is, the feedback timing of time slot n+3.
  • the terminal determines that the uplink time slot corresponding to time slot n+3 is time slot M. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 12, the terminal only transmits the HARQ-ACK information in the time slot M.
  • the HARQ-ACK information is obtained by calculation for at least one repeatedly transmitted PDSCH in time slot n, time slot n+1, time slot n+2, and time slot n+3.
  • the feedback information field for feeding back HARQ-ACK information is dynamically indicated by the feedback indication field or the PUCCH indication field in the downlink control information. Therefore, the terminal sends the HARQ-ACK information of the PDSCH in the time slot M according to the feedback information field in the HARQ-ACK codebook indicated by the downlink control information.
  • each transmission time unit corresponds to a feedback time unit.
  • the terminal can only send HARQ-ACK information in one feedback time unit.
  • this application provides a feedback information processing method.
  • multiple transmission time units of repeated PDSCH transmission correspond to at least two feedback time units, and the PDSCH can be decoded as early as possible, and the HARQ-ACK information can be calculated and sent without the need for repeated transmission.
  • After receiving the PDSCH calculate and send HARQ-ACK information.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of a feedback information processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the feedback information processing method may include the following steps:
  • the terminal calculates HARQ-ACK information at least according to the PDSCH repeatedly transmitted by the first transmission time unit.
  • the terminal sends the HARQ-ACK information on the first feedback time unit; the network device receives the HARQ-ACK information sent by the terminal on the first feedback time unit;
  • the network device determines that the HARQ-ACK information is at least HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH repeatedly transmitted by the first transmission time unit.
  • the first feedback time unit is any one of at least two feedback time units corresponding to multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH.
  • the first transmission time unit is the last transmission time unit in which the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit. That is, in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit, the last transmission time unit that repeatedly transmits the PDSCH is the first transmission time unit.
  • the HARQ-ACK information may be the PDSCH transmitted by the terminal according to the first transmission time unit, or the PDSCH transmitted by at least one of the first transmission time unit and the transmission time unit before it, obtained by calculation .
  • the terminal may calculate the PDSCH transmitted by the first transmission time unit to obtain HARQ-ACK information.
  • the network device determining that the HARQ-ACK information is at least the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH repeatedly transmitted by the first transmission time unit includes: the network device determines that the HARQ-ACK information is the first transmission time unit or is the first transmission time unit Unit and HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH transmitted by at least one transmission time unit in the transmission time unit before the first transmission time unit.
  • the network device can learn that the HARQ-ACK information is obtained by performing joint calculations on PDSCHs that are repeatedly transmitted in the first transmission time unit and the second transmission time unit respectively.
  • the second transmission time unit is another transmission time unit in which the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit.
  • the at least two feedback time units include a second feedback time unit; the time domain position of the first feedback time unit is before the time domain position of the second feedback time unit.
  • FIG. 14 is an example diagram of HARQ-ACK information feedback provided by an embodiment of this application. Assume that the transmission time unit is a time slot; the size of the feedback time unit is also a time slot, which is called a feedback time slot. As shown in Figure 14, the terminal can calculate the HARQ-ACK information according to the time slot n+1 or the time slots n and n+1 in the feedback window of the feedback time slot N, and calculate the HARQ-ACK information in the time slot n+1. Send the HARQ-ACK information in the feedback slot N of.
  • the terminal after the terminal transmits the PDSCH in the first transmission time unit in the feedback window, it can send the HARQ-AKC information of the PDSCH on the corresponding feedback time unit, so the network device can obtain HARQ as soon as possible. -ACK information.
  • this implementation manner is beneficial for the network device to decide whether to repeat the transmission of the PDSCH in other transmission time units after the first transmission time unit based on the HARQ-ACK information.
  • the network device can use other transmission time units to schedule other users without repeating the transmission of the PDSCH.
  • the terminal may not expect to receive the PDSCH again in other transmission time units, but directly send the ACK information in the subsequent feedback time unit.
  • the network device schedules other users with other transmission time units, it can also learn that the ACK information sent in the subsequent feedback time units is still fed back by the terminal, and will not be mistaken for being sent by other users.
  • the network device before the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted in time slot n+2, if the network device receives the HARQ-ACK information and the HARQ-ACK information is ACK information, the network device can no longer be in time slot n+2, n The PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted on +3. Instead, the network equipment can schedule the time slot n+2, n+3 to transmit other users. Thus, it is beneficial to improve resource utilization.
  • the terminal does not expect to receive the PDSCH again in time slots n+2 and n+3, but will still directly feed back ACK information in time slot M.
  • the terminal may feed back HARQ-ACK information on the at least two feedback time units.
  • the operation of the second feedback time unit is similar to the first feedback time unit, and will not be described in detail here. Take Figure 15 as an example.
  • the size of the transmission time unit is a time slot; the size of the feedback time unit is also a time slot, which is called a feedback time slot.
  • the same PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted between time slot n, time slot n+1, time slot n+2, and time slot n+3.
  • the two feedback time units corresponding to time slot n, time slot n+1, time slot n+2, and time slot n+3 are time slot N and time slot M, respectively.
  • the feedback window of time slot N includes time slot n and time slot n+1.
  • the feedback window of time slot M includes time slot n+2 and time slot n+3.
  • the time domain position of time slot N is before the time domain position of time slot M.
  • the time domain position of time slot N is after the time domain position of time slot n.
  • the time domain position of time slot M is after the time domain position of time slot n+3.
  • time slot n+1 is the last time slot in which PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted in the feedback window. Therefore, the terminal can calculate HARQ-ACK information 1 at least according to the PDSCH transmitted in the time slot n+1; further, the terminal can send the HARQ-ACK information 1 in the time slot N. Among them, HARQ-ACK information 1 can be obtained by joint calculation for the PDSCH transmitted in time slot n and time slot n+1.
  • time slot n+3 is the last time slot in which PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted in the feedback window.
  • the terminal may calculate HARQ-ACK information 2 at least according to the PDSCH repeatedly transmitted in the time slot n+3; further, the terminal may send the HARQ-ACK information 2 in the time slot M.
  • HARQ-ACK information 2 may be obtained by joint calculation for PDSCH transmitted in time slot n, time slot n+1, time slot n+2, and time slot n+3.
  • the multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH have at least two feedback time units.
  • the network device can receive the feedback information sent by the terminal in at least two feedback time units, that is, the HARQ-ACK information of the PDSCH, thereby enhancing the reliability of the feedback.
  • multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit PDSCH have at least two feedback time units, namely time slot N and time slot M.
  • time slot N the multiple transmission time units shown in FIG. 9, there is only one feedback time.
  • the terminal can send HARQ-ACK information on both time slot N and time slot M, which enhances the reliability of feedback.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic flowchart of another feedback information processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the feedback information processing method shown in FIG. 16 can directly send the ACK information directly in the subsequent feedback time unit when the HARQ-ACK information 1 that is the earliest feedback is ACK information, without having to combine multiple transmission PDSCHs for joint decoding again , which can reduce the processing burden of the terminal.
  • the feedback information processing method further includes the following steps:
  • the terminal directly sends the ACK information on the second feedback time unit; the network device receives the ACK information sent by the terminal on the second feedback time unit.
  • the at least two feedback time units include a second feedback time unit; the time domain position of the first feedback time unit is before the time domain position of the second feedback time unit.
  • the terminal on the time slot N when the HARQ-ACK information 1 sent by the terminal on the time slot N is ACK information 1, it can also directly send the ACK information 1 on the time slot M. Therefore, the terminal is prevented from recalculating the HARQ-ACK information 2 and the processing burden of the terminal is reduced.
  • multiple frequency domain resources may be used to feed back the feedback information multiple times.
  • the terminal may send the feedback information on at least two frequency domain resources respectively.
  • the at least two frequency domain resources are respectively different frequency domain resources in feedback time units corresponding to multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH. It can be seen that the feedback information processing method can send feedback information on different frequency domain resources, thereby enhancing the reliability of feedback.
  • This application also provides a feedback information processing method.
  • this feedback information processing method the operations performed by the terminal and network equipment are shown in FIG. 13.
  • the difference from the embodiments described in FIG. 13 to FIG. 16 is that the first transmission time unit is a transmission time unit other than the last transmission time unit among the multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH.
  • the time domain position of the first feedback time unit is before the last transmission time unit. It can be seen that in this implementation manner, the terminal may not need to wait for the PDSCH sent by the last transmission time unit to feed back the feedback information. Therefore, this embodiment can realize quick feedback.
  • the last transmission time unit is the transmission time unit with the lowest position in the time domain among multiple transmission time units for repeated transmission of the PDSCH.
  • the network device can receive the feedback information sent by the terminal on the first feedback time unit as early as possible, so that the network device can use the remaining transmission time units for scheduling other users and improve resource utilization.
  • the transmission time units for repeated PDSCH transmission are time slots 0, 1, 2, and 3
  • the feedback time unit is feedback time slot N.
  • the feedback time slot N is converted to downlink based on the uplink and downlink subcarrier spacing before time slot 3 and after time slot 2
  • the terminal can send the HARQ-ACK information of the PDSCH in the feedback time slot N.
  • the HARQ-ACK information is HARQ-ACK information obtained by joint calculation of the PDSCH transmitted in one or more of the time slots 0, 1, and 2.
  • time slot 3 can be used to schedule other users.
  • the feedback information processing method further includes: the terminal sends the feedback information in the second feedback time unit.
  • the time domain position of the second feedback time unit is after the last transmission time unit.
  • the feedback information sent by the terminal in the second feedback time unit is feedback information calculated by the terminal at least according to the PDSCH transmitted by the last transmission time unit.
  • the terminal can directly send the ACK information in the second feedback time unit to avoid recalculation, thereby reducing the processing burden of the terminal.
  • This application also provides a feedback information processing method.
  • this feedback information processing method the operations performed by the terminal and network equipment are shown in FIG. 13.
  • the difference from the embodiment described in FIG. 13 to FIG. 16 is that the first transmission time unit is the last transmission time unit in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit that repeatedly transmits the PDSCH.
  • the feedback information can be calculated based on the PDSCH transmitted by each transmission time unit in the feedback window. This is beneficial to feedback the feedback information in time.
  • the time domain position of the first feedback time unit is before the last transmission time unit of repeated transmission of the PDSCH and after the first transmission time unit of repeated transmission of the PDSCH.
  • the first feedback time unit may be converted to the time domain position in the downlink based on the uplink and downlink subcarrier interval, and the time domain position is before the last transmission time unit. This embodiment can feed back the feedback information of the PDSCH as soon as possible.
  • the feedback information processing method further includes: the terminal sends the feedback information in the second feedback time unit.
  • the time domain position of the second feedback time unit is after the last transmission time unit.
  • the feedback information sent by the terminal in the second feedback time unit is feedback information calculated by the terminal at least according to the PDSCH transmitted by the last transmission time unit.
  • the terminal calculates the feedback information according to the PDSCH repeatedly transmitted by each transmission time unit in the feedback window of the second feedback time unit.
  • the terminal can directly send the ACK information in the second feedback time unit to avoid recalculation, thereby reducing the processing burden of the terminal.
  • This application also provides a feedback information processing method.
  • the operations performed by the terminal and network equipment are shown in Figure 13.
  • the difference from the embodiment described in FIG. 13 to FIG. 16 is that the first transmission time unit is the last transmission time unit in which the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit;
  • the first feedback time unit is the uplink time unit with the highest position in the time domain among the uplink time units corresponding to multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH.
  • the uplink time unit corresponding to the multiple transmission time units refers to the uplink time unit determined based on the feedback timing set or the DCI indication, rather than the uplink time unit converted based on the uplink and downlink subcarrier interval.
  • the feedback information processing method further includes: the terminal sends the feedback information in the second feedback time unit.
  • the second feedback time unit is an uplink time unit corresponding to the multiple transmission time units for repeatedly transmitting the PDSCH, the uplink time unit whose time domain position is the lowest or the time domain position is after the first feedback time unit.
  • the feedback information sent by the terminal on the second feedback time unit is feedback information calculated by the terminal at least according to PDSCHs transmitted by each transmission time unit in the feedback window of the second feedback time unit.
  • the terminal can directly send the ACK information in the second feedback time unit to avoid recalculation, thereby reducing the processing burden of the terminal.
  • the following in Part 1, explains how to determine the above-mentioned at least two feedback time units in the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook, and combine the PDSCH reception timing to send HARQ-ACK information and another PDSCH Relevant implementations or examples such as the method for determining the timing of reception.
  • the terminal determines at least two feedback time units, including: for each uplink time unit, the terminal determines the feedback window of each uplink time unit according to the feedback timing set configured by RRC; the terminal determines the feedback window
  • the uplink time unit that contains the transmission time unit of repeated transmission of the PDSCH is used as the feedback time unit.
  • the feedback window of the uplink time slot N includes time slot n and time slot n+1
  • the feedback window of the uplink time slot M includes time slot n+2 and time slot n+3.
  • the time domain position of time slot N is before the time domain position of time slot M.
  • the time domain position of time slot N is after the time domain position of time slot n.
  • the time domain position of time slot M is after the time domain position of time slot n+3.
  • Time slot n, time slot n+1, time slot n+2, time slot n+3 are all transmission time units for repeated transmission of the PDSCH, so the uplink time slots N and M are both when the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted.
  • the terminal can send the HARQ-ACK information of the PDSCH in time slot N and time slot M respectively.
  • the terminal can determine that multiple transmission time units for repeated PDSCH transmission correspond to one feedback time unit.
  • the embodiment of this application discusses the situation in which all transmission time units of repeated PDSCH transmissions are distributed in at least two feedback windows in the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook. In this way, the terminal can use the at least two feedback windows corresponding to the at least two feedback windows.
  • the uplink time unit at least two feedback time units are determined, thereby enhancing the reliability of feedback.
  • the HARQ-ACK information is sent in combination with the PDSCH reception timing
  • the feedback window has other transmission time units to transmit the PDSCH in addition to the first transmission time unit to transmit the PDSCH, then it is also necessary to consider how to handle the PDSCH reception timing corresponding to the PDSCH transmission in other transmission time units.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic flowchart of another feedback information processing method provided by an embodiment of the application. Compared with FIG. 13, FIG. 18 can be combined with a semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook to illustrate how to send HARQ-ACK information. As shown in Figure 18, the feedback information processing method includes the following steps:
  • the terminal calculates HARQ-ACK information at least according to the PDSCH repeatedly transmitted by the first transmission time unit;
  • the terminal sends the HARQ-ACK information in the feedback information field corresponding to the first PDSCH receiving opportunity in the first feedback time unit, and sends the NACK information in the feedback information field corresponding to the second PDSCH receiving opportunity.
  • the network device receiving the HARQ-ACK information of the PDSCH sent by the terminal in the first feedback time unit includes: the network device receives the calculated HARQ-ACK sent by the terminal in the first feedback time unit at the first PDSCH receiving opportunity Information and the NACK information sent on the second PDSCH receiving occasion.
  • the first PDSCH reception timing is the first transmission time unit to repeatedly transmit the PDSCH reception timing corresponding to the PDSCH;
  • the second PDSCH reception timing is the second transmission time unit to repeatedly transmit the PDSCH reception timing corresponding to the PDSCH Timing;
  • the second transmission time unit is a transmission time unit for repeating transmission of the PDSCH in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit, and the time domain position is before the first transmission time unit.
  • FIG. 19 is another example diagram of HARQ-ACK information feedback for repeated PDSCH transmission provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • the correspondence between PDSCH transmission, PDSCH reception timing, and feedback information fields is still as shown in FIG. 10.
  • the terminal sends NACK information on the feedback information field Bn in the time slot N, and HARQ-ACK information 1 on the feedback information field Bn+1.
  • the terminal sends NACK information in the feedback information field Bn+2 in the time slot M, and HARQ-ACK information 2 in the feedback information field Bn+3.
  • the terminal may directly send the calculated HAQK-ACK information at the PDSCH receiving occasion when the second transmission time unit repeatedly transmits the PDSCH in the first feedback time unit.
  • This embodiment can enhance the reliability of HARQ-ACK information feedback.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic flowchart of yet another feedback information processing method provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • step 301 in FIG. 20 is the same as step 201 above, and step 302 is:
  • the terminal sends the HARQ-ACK information in the feedback information field corresponding to the first PDSCH receiving opportunity in the first feedback time unit, and sends the HARQ-ACK information in the feedback information field corresponding to the second PDSCH receiving opportunity .
  • the network device receiving the HARQ-ACK information of the PDSCH sent by the terminal on the first feedback time unit includes: the network device receives the terminal on the first feedback time unit, and the feedback information field corresponding to the first PDSCH receiving opportunity
  • the transmitted HARQ-ACK information is the HARQ-ACK information on the feedback information field corresponding to the second PDSCH receiving opportunity.
  • this implementation manner can enable the network device to receive multiple HARQ-ACK messages sent by the terminal, thereby enhancing the reliability of feedback.
  • FIG. 21 is another example diagram of HARQ-ACK information feedback for repeated PDSCH transmission provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • the correspondence between PDSCH transmission, PDSCH reception timing, and feedback information fields is still as shown in FIG. 10.
  • the terminal sends HARQ-ACK information 1 in the feedback information field Bn and the feedback information field Bn+1 in the time slot N.
  • the terminal sends HARQ-ACK information 2 on both the feedback information field Bn+2 and the feedback information field Bn+3 in the time slot M.
  • the terminal directly sending the ACK information in the second feedback time unit may include: the terminal is in the second feedback time unit, and each PDSCH reception opportunity corresponds to the feedback information field, Both send ACK information.
  • each PDSCH receiving timing is the receiving timing of the PDSCH corresponding to the PDSCH that is repeatedly transmitted in the feedback window of the second feedback time unit.
  • the network device receives multiple ACK messages sent by the terminal. Therefore, while the feedback reliability is further enhanced, the terminal is prevented from recalculating the HARQ-ACK information of the repeatedly transmitted PDSCH, and the processing burden of the terminal is reduced.
  • FIG. 22 is another example diagram of HARQ-ACK information feedback for repeated PDSCH transmission provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • the HARQ-ACK information 1 calculated by the terminal is ACK information 1, and the terminal no longer calculates HARQ-ACK information 2, but the terminal is directly in the time slot M, and the feedback information field Bn+2 , ACK information 1 is sent on the feedback information field Bn+3.
  • the number of times each transmission time unit repeatedly transmits the PDSCH may be one or more times.
  • the HARQ-ACK information feedback takes the transmission time unit or the downlink time unit as the minimum unit.
  • the transmission time unit is a time slot
  • the HARQ-ACK information feedback herein uses the time slot as the minimum unit. That is to say, the number of repeated transmissions of the PDSCH for each transmission time unit is multiple times, the transmission time unit of the PDSCH repeatedly transmitted multiple times is the same, and the corresponding feedback time unit is also the same. Therefore, within the transmission time unit, multiple repeated PDSCH transmissions correspond to the same PDSCH reception opportunity.
  • the PDSCH receiving timing is determined based on multiple time-domain resource allocation methods; one of the time-domain resource allocation methods corresponds to the time-domain resources for transmitting PDSCH in a transmission time unit.
  • the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH is the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH once or the time domain resource for repeatedly transmitting the PDSCH for multiple times. This will be described in detail below.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining a PDSCH reception timing provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 23, the method for determining the PDSCH reception timing includes:
  • the target time domain resource allocation method is a time domain resource allocation method corresponding to the time domain resources for repeatedly transmitting the PDSCH multiple times in a time unit.
  • For the updated list of PDSCH time-domain resource allocation methods determine the PDSCH corresponding to each time-domain resource allocation method according to the last symbol of each time-domain resource allocation method and the time-domain resource overlap between each time-domain resource allocation method Receiving timing.
  • step 402 according to the content of the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook of the terminology introduction part, the PDSCH reception timing of each time domain resource allocation method may be determined.
  • the terminal may first determine the time domain resources for repeatedly transmitting the PDSCH in one transmission time unit.
  • the network device informs the terminal of the number of repetitions of a PDSCH transmission through RRC signaling; the terminal obtains the time when the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted multiple times in a transmission time unit according to the number of repetitions and the time-domain resource allocation method for one PDSCH transmission. Domain resources.
  • FIG. 24 is an example diagram of a time-domain resource allocation manner for a PDSCH transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the time-domain resource allocation method for PDSCH transmission is the time-domain allocation method 4 in FIG. 4 or FIG. 5, that is, two symbols (also referred to as one mini-slot) are occupied.
  • the time domain resource allocation for two repeated transmissions of PDSCH in a transmission time unit is shown in Figure 25 , That is, symbols 2, 3, 6, 7 on a time slot.
  • the network device notifies the terminal of the offset between multiple PDSCH repeated transmissions within a time unit; the terminal according to the offset between repeated PDSCH transmissions and the time domain resource allocation method for one PDSCH transmission, Determine the time domain resources for multiple repeated transmissions of the PDSCH within a transmission time unit.
  • the two examples are mainly to determine the time-domain resource allocation method that may be used for multiple repeated transmissions of the PDSCH within a transmission time unit, and other methods may also be used to determine the time-domain resource allocation method for repeated PDSCH transmission, which is not limited in this application .
  • a time domain resource allocation method for repeatedly transmitting PDSCH in a transmission time unit corresponds to a time domain resource allocation method, and the PDSCH time domain resources shown in FIG. 4 or FIG. 5 are updated based on the time domain resource allocation method.
  • the allocation method list is to obtain the PDSCH time domain resource allocation method list as shown in FIG. 25.
  • the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH in one transmission time unit is the time domain resource for repeatedly transmitting the PDSCH for multiple times, according to the last one of the time domain resources for the first repeated transmission of the PDSCH in the transmission time unit
  • the symbol, or the last symbol of the time domain resource for the last repeated transmission of the PDSCH in the transmission time unit determines the receiving timing of the time domain resource allocation mode.
  • the following example uses the last symbol of the time domain resource of the last repeated transmission of the PDSCH in the transmission time unit to determine the receiving timing of the time domain resource allocation mode as an example for illustration.
  • the terminal supports multiple PDSCH transmissions in one time slot, and the last symbol of time domain resource allocation method 6 is the last symbol of the time domain resources occupied by the last transmission. That is the eighth symbol. Then perform steps (1) to (4) in the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook of the term introduction part.
  • the earliest time-domain resource allocation method for the last symbol is: time-domain resource allocation method 4; the time-domain resource allocation methods that overlap with this time-domain resource allocation method 4 are: time-domain resource allocation method 0, 1, 2, 6, so it is determined that the time domain resource allocation methods 4, 0, 1, 2, and 6 correspond to PDSCH reception timing 1.
  • time domain resource allocation method 5 is: time domain resource allocation method 5
  • time domain resource allocation method 3 corresponds to PDSCH receiving timing 2 .
  • the last symbol of time domain resource allocation mode 6 is the last symbol of the time domain resource occupied by the first transmission, that is, the fourth symbol. Then, in Figure 26, the earliest time-domain resource allocation method for the last symbol is still: time-domain resource allocation method 4. Therefore, the final PDSCH reception timing is still as shown in Figure 26.
  • the time domain resource allocation method 6 is the earliest time domain resource allocation of the last symbol In this embodiment, the order of the HARQ-ACK information of the PDSCH transmitted by the time domain resource allocation method 6 is relatively higher.
  • the sequence of PDSCH reception opportunities can be found in the sequence of PDSCH reception opportunities described in the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook in the terminology introduction. No more details here.
  • the feedback information processing method in the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook is as described in the foregoing embodiment.
  • two repeated transmissions of PDSCH in time slot n correspond to one PDSCH reception timing Tn; two repeated transmissions of PDSCH in time slot n+1 correspond to one PDSCH reception timing Tn+1; repeated transmission in time slot n+2
  • Two PDSCH transmissions correspond to one PDSCH reception timing Tn+2; two repeated PDSCH transmissions in time slot n+3 correspond to one PDSCH reception timing Tn+3.
  • the terminal can send NACK information on the feedback information field Bn in time slot N, and HARQ-ACK information 1 on the feedback information field Bn+1; the terminal can send feedback on time slot M NACK information is sent in the information field Bn+2, and HARQ-ACK information 2 is sent in the feedback information field Bn+3.
  • the steps (1) to (4) in the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook based on the above terminology have been determined.
  • the PDSCH receiving occasion corresponding to the time domain resource occupied by the repeated transmission of the PDSCH in the transmission time unit is directly determined as the same PDSCH receiving occasion, all the time domain resources occupied by the repeated transmission of the PDSCH in the transmission time unit are directly determined.
  • the time-domain resource allocation method can also be used in the above-mentioned embodiment to update the list of PDSCH time-domain resource allocation methods, and further determine the PDSCH reception timing corresponding to the time-domain resource allocation method.
  • the terminal Since in the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook, the corresponding relationship between the transmission time unit and the uplink time unit is determined by the parameters configured by RRC, accordingly, the terminal according to whether the feedback window corresponding to each uplink time unit contains By repeating the transmission time unit of the PDSCH, at least two feedback time units can be determined.
  • the dynamic HARQ-ACK codebook there are many ways to determine at least two feedback time units. In Part 2, some optional implementations are described. Wherein, after the feedback time unit corresponding to one or more transmission time units is determined, the HARQ-ACK window or feedback window of the feedback time unit includes the one or more transmission time units.
  • the at least two feedback time units are determined by a combination of one or more of downlink control information, RRC configuration, or protocol predefined.
  • the downlink control information may indicate one or more feedback timings.
  • the multiple transmission time units for repeated PDSCH transmission include a third transmission time unit and a fourth transmission time unit.
  • the downlink control information indicates a feedback timing K 1 ; the feedback timing K 1 is the feedback timing of the third transmission time unit.
  • Third transmission time units corresponding to the feedback time units, K 1 is the first time unit after the transmission time of the third unit, referred to as a third feedback unit time. Further, the following example can be used to determine the feedback time unit corresponding to other transmission time units through protocol predefinition or RRC configuration.
  • the third transmission time unit is a time unit with the highest position in the time domain among multiple transmission time units for repeated transmission of the PDSCH.
  • FIG. 28 is an example diagram of a method for determining a feedback time slot according to an embodiment of the application.
  • the multiple time slots for repeated PDSCH transmission are time slots 0, 1, 2, and 3, respectively.
  • the feedback timing indicated by the downlink control information is 4, and the feedback time slot corresponding to time slot 0 is uplink time slot 4. .
  • the timing offset from time slot 0 to time slot 1 is 1, and the feedback time slot corresponding to time slot 1 is: the first uplink time slot after feedback time slot 4, that is, the uplink time slot 6; the timing offset from time slot 0 to time slot 2 is 2, then the feedback time slot corresponding to time slot 2 is: the second uplink time slot after feedback time slot 4, namely uplink time slot 8; time slot 0 to The timing offset of time slot 3 is 3, then the feedback time slot corresponding to time slot 3 is: the third uplink time slot after feedback time slot 4, that is, uplink time slot 9.
  • each transmission time unit corresponds to a feedback time unit. Therefore, the feedback window of each feedback time unit includes one transmission time unit. The corresponding feedback window is no longer marked in Figure 28.
  • the third transmission time unit is the time unit with the lowest position in the time domain among the multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH.
  • the number of uplink time units between the transmission time unit with the highest position in the time domain and the third feedback time unit may be small, and it is impossible to achieve a one-to-one correspondence between the transmission time unit and the uplink time unit, or each The transmission time units have corresponding different feedback time units.
  • FIG. 29 is an example diagram of a method for determining a feedback time slot according to an embodiment of the application.
  • the multiple time slots for repeated PDSCH transmission are time slots 0, 1, 2, and 3, respectively.
  • the feedback timing indicated by the downlink control information is 3, and the feedback time slot corresponding to time slot 3 is uplink time slot 6. .
  • the timing offset from time slot 3 to time slot 2 is 1, and the feedback time slot corresponding to time slot 2 is: the first uplink time slot before feedback time slot 6, that is, the uplink time slot 4.
  • the feedback window of feedback time slot 4 includes time slots 0, 1, and 2; the feedback window of feedback time slot 6 includes time slot 3.
  • the downlink control information indicates multiple feedback timings; among the multiple feedback timings, one of the feedback timings corresponds to one or more transmission time units for repeatedly transmitting the PDSCH.
  • a plurality of transmission time units after the unit has a transmission time of a feedback timing when the K i, the plurality of time units corresponding to the feedback transmission time unit, the transmission time for a plurality of time-domain units rearmost position, the K i Time units.
  • the at least two transmission time unit sets include a first transmission time unit set and a second transmission time unit set; the at least two transmission time unit sets use a sequence of time domain positions , Obtained by dividing multiple transmission time units for repeated transmission of the PDSCH.
  • the downlink control information indicates a feedback timing K 1 , and the feedback timing K 1 is the feedback timing of the first transmission time unit set.
  • a first transmission time unit corresponding to the set feedback time units, K 1 is the first time unit after the transmission time units after the time position of the time-domain transmission unit closest to the first set, referred to as a third feedback unit time.
  • the following example can be used to determine the feedback time unit corresponding to other transmission time units through protocol predefinition or RRC configuration.
  • the at least two transmission time unit sets further include a second transmission time unit set.
  • a first set of transmission time to the timing of the second unit cell transmission time offset of a set of K 2 is set; second transmission time unit corresponding to the set feedback time unit: K 2 upstream of the third feedback time units after the time unit.
  • the first transmission time unit set is the transmission time unit set with the highest position in the time domain among the at least two transmission time unit sets.
  • the timing set offset refers to the set offset between the first set of transmission time units and the second set of transmission time units in at least two sets of transmission time units arranged based on time domain positions.
  • the transmission time unit set is a time slot set.
  • time slots 0 and 1 constitute a first time slot set
  • time slots 2, 3 constitute a second time slot set.
  • One feedback timing included in the downlink control information is 3, and the feedback timing 3 is the feedback timing of the first time slot set. Based on the feedback timing 3, it is determined that the feedback time slot corresponding to the first time slot set is the uplink time slot 4.
  • the time sequence set offset between the first time slot set and the second time slot set is 1; the feedback time slot corresponding to the second time slot set is: the first uplink time slot after uplink time slot 4, that is, the uplink time Gap 6.
  • the feedback window of feedback time slot 4 includes time slots 0 and 1.
  • the feedback window of feedback slot 6 includes slots 2 and 3.
  • the at least two transmission time unit sets further include a second transmission time unit set.
  • a first set of transmission time to the timing of the second unit cell transmission time offset of a set of K 2 is set; second transmission time unit corresponding to the set feedback time unit: time units before the third feedback upstream of K 2 time units.
  • the first transmission time unit set is the transmission time unit set with the lowest position in the time domain among the at least two transmission time unit sets.
  • the transmission time unit set is a time slot set.
  • time slots 0 and 1 constitute the second time slot set
  • time slots 2, 3 constitute the first time slot set.
  • One feedback time sequence included in the downlink control information is 3, and the feedback time sequence 3 is the feedback time sequence corresponding to the first time slot set. Therefore, the feedback time slot corresponding to the first time slot set is uplink time slot 6.
  • the time sequence set offset from the first time slot set to the second time slot set is 1, and the feedback time slot corresponding to the second time slot set is: the first uplink time slot before uplink time slot 6, that is, the uplink time Gap 4.
  • the feedback window of feedback time slot 4 includes time slots 0 and 1.
  • the feedback window of feedback slot 6 includes slots 2 and 3.
  • the at least two transmission time unit sets include a first transmission time unit set and a second transmission time unit set; the at least two transmission time unit sets use a sequence of time domain positions , Obtained by dividing multiple transmission time units for repeated transmission of the PDSCH.
  • the downlink control information indicates multiple feedback timings; one feedback timing corresponds to a transmission time unit set.
  • the feedback time unit corresponding to the first transmission time unit set is the second transmission time unit after the last transmission time unit in the time domain in the first transmission time unit set. Time unit.
  • the set division manner of multiple transmission time units for repeated transmission of the PDSCH or the respective transmission time unit sets to which they belong can be determined through protocol predefinition, RRC configuration, or downlink control information indication, which is not limited in this application.
  • the time slots in the divided time slot set are the same as the time slots in the feedback window of the feedback time slot corresponding to the time slot set.
  • feedback information can be sent or received based on the above feedback information processing method.
  • FIG. 32 shows a simplified schematic diagram of a possible design structure of the terminal involved in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the terminal may be the terminal shown in FIG. 2.
  • the terminal includes at least a transceiver 501 and a controller/processor 502.
  • the controller/processor 502 is configured to calculate HARQ-ACK information at least according to the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH repeatedly transmitted by the first transmission time unit;
  • the transceiver 501 is configured to send the HARQ-ACK information in the first feedback time unit
  • the first feedback time unit is any one of at least two feedback time units corresponding to multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH;
  • the first transmission time unit is the last transmission time unit in which the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit.
  • the controller/processor 502 determines the PDSCH reception timing, and how the controller/processor 502 determines at least two feedback time units, refer to the description in the previous method embodiment.
  • controller/processor 502 can be realized by circuits or by general-purpose hardware executing software codes.
  • the terminal may not only include the aforementioned transceiver 501 and controller/processor 502, but also The memory 503 is used to store program codes that can be executed by the controller/processor 502.
  • the controller/processor 502 executes the program code stored in the memory 503, the aforementioned functions are executed.
  • controller/processor 502 is further configured to determine that the feedback information is positive feedback ACK information
  • the transceiver 501 is also configured to directly send the ACK information in the second feedback time unit.
  • the transceiver 501 is specifically configured to send the feedback information on the feedback information field corresponding to the first PDSCH reception timing in the first feedback time unit, and the second PDSCH reception timing corresponds to The feedback information is sent in the feedback information field; the first PDSCH reception timing is the first transmission time unit repeated transmission of the PDSCH reception timing corresponding to the PDSCH; the second PDSCH reception timing is the second transmission time unit repeated transmission Transmitting the PDSCH receiving timing corresponding to the PDSCH; the time domain position of the second transmission time unit in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit is before the first transmission time unit.
  • the controller/processor 502 is further configured to determine the first PDSCH reception timing and the second PDSCH reception timing based on multiple time domain resource allocation modes; one time domain resource The allocation method corresponds to the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH in one transmission time unit; the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH is the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH once or the time domain resource for repeatedly transmitting the PDSCH for multiple times.
  • the controller/processor 502 is further configured to transmit the PDSCH repeatedly in a transmission time unit according to the time domain resource of the first repeated transmission of the PDSCH in the transmission time unit.
  • the last symbol, or the last symbol of the time domain resource of the last repeated transmission of the PDSCH in the transmission time unit determines the receiving timing of the time domain resource allocation mode of the multiple repeated transmission of the PDSCH.
  • controller/processor 502 is further configured to determine the at least two feedback time units based on one feedback timing or multiple feedback timings indicated by the downlink control information.
  • the terminal may further include an encoder 5041, a modulator 5042, a demodulator 5044, and a decoder 5043.
  • the encoder 5041 is configured to obtain the data/signaling to be sent by the first terminal to the network side device or other terminals, and encode the data/signaling.
  • the modulator 5042 modulates the data/signaling encoded by the encoder 5041 and transmits it to the transceiver 501, which is then sent to the network side device or other terminal.
  • the demodulator 5044 is used to obtain and demodulate the data/signaling sent by the network side device or other terminal to the terminal.
  • the decoder 5043 is used to decode the data/signaling demodulated by the demodulator 5044.
  • the aforementioned encoder 5041, modulator 5042, demodulator 5044, and decoder 5043 may be implemented by a synthesized modem processor 504. These units are processed according to the wireless access technology adopted by the wireless access network (for example, the access technology of LTE and other evolved systems).
  • the controller/processor 502 controls and manages the actions of the terminal, so that various devices cooperate to implement the steps executed by the terminal in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the controller/processor 502 may be configured to determine HARQ-ACK information for repeated PDSCH transmission, and instruct the transceiver 501 to send to the network device on at least one of the first feedback time unit and the second feedback time unit HARQ-ACK information.
  • the controller/processor 502 is used to support the terminal to execute content related to terminal processing in FIG. 13, FIG. 18, FIG. 16, FIG. 20, or FIG.
  • FIG. 33 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the application, for example, a schematic structural diagram of a base station.
  • the base station can be applied to the system shown in Figure 1 or Figure 2.
  • the base station includes one or more radio frequency units, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) 601 and one or more baseband units (BBU) (also referred to as digital unit, DU) 602.
  • RRU 601 may be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., and it may include at least one antenna 6011 and a radio frequency unit 6012.
  • the RRU201 part is mainly used for the transmission and reception of radio frequency signals and the conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals. For example, it is used to send the downlink control related parameters described in the above embodiments to the terminal equipment, or to receive the various uplink channels sent by the terminal .
  • the BBU602 part is mainly used to perform baseband processing, control the base station, and so on.
  • the RRU 601 and the BBU 602 may be physically set together, or may be physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.
  • the BBU 602 is the control center of the base station, and may also be called a processing unit, which is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions, such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, and spreading.
  • the BBU processing unit
  • the BBU may be used to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the BBU 602 may be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple single boards may jointly support a wireless access network with a single access standard (such as an LTE network), or can support wireless access networks with different access standards. Access Network.
  • the BBU 602 further includes a memory 6021 and a processor 6022.
  • the memory 6021 is used to store necessary instructions and data.
  • the memory 6021 stores the downlink control related parameters in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the processor 6022 is configured to control the base station to perform necessary actions, for example, to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the memory 6021 and the processor 6022 may serve one or more single boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor.
  • necessary circuits can be provided on each board. among them:
  • the transceiver is configured to receive the HARQ-ACK information sent by the terminal on the first feedback time unit; the first feedback time unit is at least two feedback times corresponding to multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH Any one of the units;
  • a processor configured to determine that the HARQ-ACK information is at least HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH that is repeatedly transmitted by a first transmission time unit; the first transmission time unit is the feedback of the first feedback time unit In the window, the last transmission time unit of the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted.
  • the transceiver is further configured to receive positive feedback ACK information sent by the terminal on the second feedback time unit; the processor is further configured to determine that the ACK information is at least ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH repeatedly transmitted by the first transmission time unit.
  • the transceiver is further configured to repeatedly transmit the PDSCH one or more times within one transmission time unit.
  • the transceiver is specifically configured to receive the feedback information sent by the terminal in the feedback information field corresponding to the first PDSCH reception timing in the first feedback time unit, and the second PDSCH reception timing
  • the feedback information is received on the corresponding feedback information field;
  • the first PDSCH reception time is the first transmission time unit to repeatedly transmit the PDSCH reception time corresponding to the PDSCH;
  • the second PDSCH reception time is the second transmission time
  • the unit repeatedly transmits the PDSCH reception timing corresponding to the PDSCH;
  • the time domain position of the second transmission time unit in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit is before the first transmission time unit.
  • the processor is further configured to determine the first PDSCH reception timing and the second PDSCH reception timing based on multiple time domain resource allocation modes; one time domain resource allocation mode corresponds to one The time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH in the transmission time unit; the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH is the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH once or the time domain resource for repeatedly transmitting the PDSCH for multiple times.
  • the processor is configured to transmit the PDSCH repeatedly for multiple times in a transmission time unit, according to the last symbol of the time domain resource of the PDSCH for the first repeated transmission in the transmission time unit, or The last symbol of the time domain resource for the last repeated transmission of the PDSCH in the transmission time unit determines the receiving timing of the time domain resource allocation mode.
  • the processor is further configured to determine the at least two feedback time units based on one feedback time sequence or multiple feedback time sequences indicated by the downlink control information.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes the aforementioned at least one terminal device and at least one network device.
  • the processor may be a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, referred to as "CPU"), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSP), and dedicated integration Circuit (ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the memory may include read-only memory and random access memory, and provides instructions and data to the processor.
  • a part of the memory may also include a non-volatile random access memory.
  • the bus system may also include a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus.
  • a power bus may also include a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus.
  • various buses are marked as bus systems in the figure.
  • the steps of the above method can be completed by hardware integrated logic circuits in the processor or instructions in the form of software.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. In order to avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
  • the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution.
  • the execution order of the processes should be determined by their functions and internal logic, and should not be used in the embodiments of the present invention.
  • the implementation process constitutes any limitation.
  • the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components can be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • the functional units in the various embodiments of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD)).

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed are a feedback information processing method and device. In the feedback information processing method, a terminal at least calculates feedback information on the basis of a PDSCH retransmitted by a first transmission time unit; and sending the feedback information on a first feedback time unit. The first transmission time unit is the last transmission time unit, for retransmitting the PDSCH, in a feedback window of the first feedback time unit. Therefore, the terminal sends the feedback information of the PDSCH on at least two feedback time units, such that the reliability of the feedback information can be ensured. In addition, the first feedback time unit is not the last one from among a plurality of feedback time units, such that a delay resulting from the terminal only being able to send the feedback information of the PDSCH on the last feedback time unit is avoided, namely, fast feedback can be realized. The technical solution provided in the present application is applicable to HARQ-ACK information feedback corresponding to a semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook and a dynamic HARQ-ACK codebook.

Description

反馈信息处理方法及设备Feedback information processing method and equipment
本申请要求于2019年7月12日提交中国专利局、申请号为201910633103.4、申请名称为“反馈信息处理方法及设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the Chinese Patent Office on July 12, 2019, the application number is 201910633103.4, and the application name is "Feedback Information Processing Method and Equipment", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种反馈信息处理方法及设备。This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a method and equipment for processing feedback information.
背景技术Background technique
随着移动通信的快速发展,在系统容量,瞬时峰值速率,频谱效率,小区边缘用户吞吐量以及时延等诸多方面有了更高的要求。在通信传输过程中有很多小包突发业务产生,例如超高可靠低时延通信(ultra-reliable low-latency communication,URLLC)业务。With the rapid development of mobile communications, there are higher requirements in many aspects such as system capacity, instantaneous peak rate, spectrum efficiency, cell edge user throughput, and time delay. In the communication transmission process, many small packet burst services are generated, such as ultra-reliable low-latency communication (URLLC) services.
为了保证传输的可靠性,多采用重复传输的方式来解决。然而,对于重复传输相同物理下行共享信道(physical downlink share channel,PDSCH)的多个时间单元,仅在该多个时间单元中重复传输该PDSCH的最后一个传输时间单元对应的反馈时间单元上,才反馈该PDSCH的混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request,HARQ)-确认(ACK)信息。In order to ensure the reliability of transmission, repeated transmission is often used to solve the problem. However, for multiple time units that repeatedly transmit the same physical downlink share channel (PDSCH), only the feedback time unit corresponding to the last transmission time unit of the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted in the multiple time units. The hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ)-acknowledgement (ACK) information of the PDSCH is fed back.
可见,针对重复传输的PDSCH仅发送一次反馈信息,导致反馈可靠性较低。It can be seen that the feedback information is only sent once for the repeated transmission of the PDSCH, resulting in low feedback reliability.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请公开一种反馈信息处理方法及设备,能够改善反馈的可靠性。This application discloses a feedback information processing method and equipment, which can improve the reliability of feedback.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种反馈信息处理方法,该反馈信息处理方法中,重复传输PDSCH的多个传输时间单元对应至少两个反馈时间单元;第一反馈时间单元为所述至少两个反馈时间单元中的任一个;第一传输时间单元为第一反馈时间单元的反馈窗口中重复传输该PDSCH的最后一个传输时间单元。终端可以至少根据第一传输时间单元重复传输的PDSCH计算反馈信息;并在第一反馈时间单元上发送该反馈信息。In the first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a feedback information processing method. In the feedback information processing method, multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit PDSCH correspond to at least two feedback time units; the first feedback time unit is the at least two feedback time units. Any one of the two feedback time units; the first transmission time unit is the last transmission time unit that repeatedly transmits the PDSCH in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit. The terminal may calculate feedback information at least according to the PDSCH repeatedly transmitted by the first transmission time unit; and send the feedback information on the first feedback time unit.
可见,本申请实施例可以分别在两个反馈时间单元上发送该PDSCH的反馈信息,从而改善了反馈的可靠性。It can be seen that the embodiment of the present application can send the feedback information of the PDSCH in two feedback time units respectively, thereby improving the reliability of the feedback.
在一种实施方式中,该反馈信息可以为终端根据第一传输时间单元传输的该PDSCH,或者,第一传输时间单元和它之前的传输时间单元中至少一个传输时间单元传输的该PDSCH,计算获得的。其中,若第一传输时间单元之前不存在传输该PDSCH的传输时间单元,则终端可根据该第一传输时间单元传输的该PDSCH计算反馈信息即可。In an implementation manner, the feedback information may be the PDSCH transmitted by the terminal according to the first transmission time unit, or the PDSCH transmitted by at least one of the first transmission time unit and the transmission time unit before it, calculated acquired. Wherein, if there is no transmission time unit for transmitting the PDSCH before the first transmission time unit, the terminal may calculate the feedback information according to the PDSCH transmitted by the first transmission time unit.
在一种实施方式中,该至少两个反馈时间单元包括第二反馈时间单元,第一反馈时间单元的时域位置在第二反馈时间单元的时域位置之前。可见,该实施方式避免了终端只能在重复传输该PDSCH的所有传输时间单元中最后一个传输时间单元对应的上行时间单元上,发送该PDSCH的反馈信息所带来的时延。从而,能够实现快速反馈反馈信息。In an embodiment, the at least two feedback time units include a second feedback time unit, and the time domain position of the first feedback time unit is before the time domain position of the second feedback time unit. It can be seen that this implementation avoids the delay caused by the terminal only being able to transmit the feedback information of the PDSCH on the uplink time unit corresponding to the last transmission time unit among all the transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH. Thus, it is possible to realize quick feedback of feedback information.
半静态HARQ-ACK码本中,基于RRC配置的反馈时序集合,确定出重复传输该PDSCH的多个传输时间单元位于两个上行时间单元的反馈窗口中。本申请实施例能够将上述两个 上行时间单元均作为反馈时间单元,分别反馈该PDSCH的反馈信息,特别是上述时域位置靠前的上行时间单元也可用来反馈该PDSCH的反馈信息,从而使得网络设备能够相对较早的接收到该PDSCH的反馈信息。In the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook, based on the feedback timing set configured by the RRC, it is determined that multiple transmission time units for repeated transmission of the PDSCH are located in the feedback window of two uplink time units. In this embodiment of the application, both the above two uplink time units can be used as feedback time units to feed back the feedback information of the PDSCH respectively. In particular, the uplink time unit with the earlier position in the time domain can also be used to feed back the feedback information of the PDSCH, so that The network device can receive the PDSCH feedback information relatively early.
再比如,动态HARQ-ACK码本中,本申请实施例能够确定重复传输该PDSCH的多个传输时间单元对应的两个反馈时间单元,来分别反馈该PDSCH的反馈信息。从而增强了反馈的可靠性的同时,有利于实现快速反馈。For another example, in a dynamic HARQ-ACK codebook, the embodiment of the present application can determine two feedback time units corresponding to multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH to feed back the feedback information of the PDSCH respectively. This enhances the reliability of the feedback and at the same time facilitates rapid feedback.
在一种实施方式中,第一反馈时间单元上发送的反馈信息为肯定反馈ACK信息时,终端可以在第二反馈时间单元上直接发送该ACK信息。从而,避免了终端在接收完第二反馈时间单元的反馈窗口中的,重复传输PDSCH的传输时间单元传输的该PDSCH后,再次计算该PDSCH的反馈信息。因此,该实施方式降低了终端的处理负担。In an implementation manner, when the feedback information sent in the first feedback time unit is positive feedback ACK information, the terminal may directly send the ACK information in the second feedback time unit. Therefore, it is avoided that the terminal calculates the feedback information of the PDSCH again after receiving the PDSCH transmitted by the transmission time unit of the PDSCH repeatedly in the feedback window of the second feedback time unit. Therefore, this embodiment reduces the processing load of the terminal.
本申请实施例中,重复传输该PDSCH的各传输时间单元中,在一个传输时间单元内,重复传输该PDSCH的次数可以为一次或两次。其中,在一个传输时间单元内,重复传输多次该PDSCH,也可以称为传输时间单元内的重复传输。可见,同一个PDSCH可在多个传输时间单元之间重复传输,也可以在多个传输时间单元内重复传输。In the embodiment of the present application, in each transmission time unit of repeated transmission of the PDSCH, within one transmission time unit, the number of repeated transmissions of the PDSCH may be once or twice. Wherein, the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted multiple times in a transmission time unit, which may also be referred to as repeated transmission in a transmission time unit. It can be seen that the same PDSCH can be repeatedly transmitted between multiple transmission time units, and can also be repeatedly transmitted within multiple transmission time units.
比如,假设一次PDSCH传输所占的时域资源为两个符号;一个传输时间单元为一个时隙;以及该PDSCH在四个时隙之间重复传输,并且在每个时隙内重复传输两次。那么,该PDSCH被传输的总次数为2*4=8次。For example, suppose that the time domain resource occupied by a PDSCH transmission is two symbols; one transmission time unit is a time slot; and the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted between four time slots and repeated twice in each time slot . Then, the total number of times the PDSCH is transmitted is 2*4=8 times.
本申请实施例中,PDSCH传输的反馈信息是以一个传输时间单元为单位进行反馈的,即同一个传输时间单元内无论重复传输该PDSCH的次数为多少次,终端反馈该PDSCH的反馈信息的方法与上述实施例所述的反馈信息处理方法相同。不同之处,仅在于计算反馈信息时,联合译码所采用的PDSCH传输的次数不同。In the embodiment of this application, the feedback information of PDSCH transmission is fed back in a unit of transmission time unit, that is, no matter how many times the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted in the same transmission time unit, the terminal feeds back the feedback information of the PDSCH. It is the same as the feedback information processing method described in the foregoing embodiment. The only difference is that the number of PDSCH transmissions used in joint decoding is different when calculating the feedback information.
半静态HARQ-ACK码本中,终端在反馈时间单元上发送反馈信息的方式与PDSCH传输对应的PDSCH接收时机有关。一个传输时间单元内一次或多次PDSCH传输对应的PDSCH接收时机,是指该一次或多次PDSCH传输所占的时域资源,是该PDSCH接收时机对应的一组时域资源的部分或全部。终端反馈PDSCH的反馈信息时,需要在该PDSCH传输对应的PDSCH接收时机对应的反馈信息字段上,发送该反馈信息。In the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook, the manner in which the terminal sends feedback information in the feedback time unit is related to the PDSCH reception timing corresponding to the PDSCH transmission. The PDSCH receiving opportunity corresponding to one or more PDSCH transmissions within a transmission time unit refers to the time domain resource occupied by the one or more PDSCH transmissions, and is part or all of a group of time domain resources corresponding to the PDSCH receiving opportunity. When the terminal feeds back the feedback information of the PDSCH, it needs to send the feedback information on the feedback information field corresponding to the PDSCH reception timing corresponding to the PDSCH transmission.
PDSCH接收时机对应的反馈信息字段为HARQ-ACK码本中的一个字段。该反馈信息字段用于承载该PDSCH接收时机对应的时域资源上传输的PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息的一个或多个比特。The feedback information field corresponding to the PDSCH receiving occasion is a field in the HARQ-ACK codebook. The feedback information field is used to carry one or more bits of the HARQ-ACK information of the PDSCH transmitted on the time domain resource corresponding to the PDSCH receiving occasion.
在一种实施方式中,终端不仅可以在反馈窗口中最后一次重复传输该PDSCH对应的PDSCH接收时机,对应的反馈信息字段上发送该PDSCH的反馈信息,还可以在反馈窗口中其他重复传输该PDSCH对应的PDSCH接收时机,对应的反馈信息字段上也发送该PDSCH的反馈信息。In one embodiment, the terminal can not only repeatedly transmit the PDSCH receiving opportunity corresponding to the PDSCH for the last time in the feedback window, and send the PDSCH feedback information on the corresponding feedback information field, but also can repeatedly transmit the PDSCH in other feedback windows. When the corresponding PDSCH is received, the feedback information of the PDSCH is also sent on the corresponding feedback information field.
本申请实施例中,终端增加了HARQ-ACK码本中该PDSCH的反馈信息的反馈次数,有利于网络设备接收多次该PDSCH的反馈信息,大大增强了反馈的可靠性。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal increases the number of times of feedback of the PDSCH feedback information in the HARQ-ACK codebook, which facilitates the network device to receive multiple times of the PDSCH feedback information, and greatly enhances the reliability of feedback.
例如,第一反馈时间单元的反馈窗口中还包括第二传输时间单元,该第二传输时间单元也为重复传输该PDSCH的传输时间单元。终端在第一反馈时间单元上发送所述反馈信息,包括:所述终端在第一反馈时间单元中,第一PDSCH接收时机对应的反馈信息字段 上发送所述反馈信息,以及,第二PDSCH接收时机对应的反馈信息字段上发送所述反馈信息。For example, the feedback window of the first feedback time unit further includes a second transmission time unit, and the second transmission time unit is also a transmission time unit for repeatedly transmitting the PDSCH. Sending the feedback information by the terminal on the first feedback time unit includes: in the first feedback time unit, the terminal sends the feedback information on the feedback information field corresponding to the first PDSCH receiving opportunity, and receiving the second PDSCH The feedback information is sent on the feedback information field corresponding to the timing.
其中,所述第一PDSCH接收时机为所述第一传输时间单元重复传输所述PDSCH对应的PDSCH接收时机;所述第二PDSCH接收时机为所述第二传输时间单元重复传输所述PDSCH对应的PDSCH接收时机。Wherein, the first PDSCH reception timing is the first transmission time unit to repeatedly transmit the PDSCH corresponding to the PDSCH; the second PDSCH reception timing is the second transmission time unit to repeatedly transmit the PDSCH corresponding to the PDSCH PDSCH reception timing.
半静态HARQ-ACK码本中,所述第一PDSCH接收时机和所述第二PDSCH接收时机是基于多个时域资源分配方式确定的。一个所述时域资源分配方式对应一个传输时间单元内传输PDSCH的时域资源;所述传输PDSCH的时域资源为一次传输PDSCH的时域资源或多次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源。因此,如果一个传输时间单元内PDSCH传输所占的总时域资源为某个PDSCH接收时机对应的时域资源的部分或全部,那么该传输时间单元内该PDSCH传输与该PDSCH接收时机对应。从而,有利于在对应的反馈信息字段上发送反馈信息。In the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook, the first PDSCH reception timing and the second PDSCH reception timing are determined based on multiple time domain resource allocation modes. One such time domain resource allocation method corresponds to a time domain resource for transmitting PDSCH in a transmission time unit; the time domain resource for transmitting PDSCH is a time domain resource for transmitting PDSCH once or a time domain resource for repeatedly transmitting PDSCH for multiple times. Therefore, if the total time domain resources occupied by the PDSCH transmission in a transmission time unit are part or all of the time domain resources corresponding to a certain PDSCH reception occasion, then the PDSCH transmission in the transmission time unit corresponds to the PDSCH reception occasion. Thus, it is beneficial to send feedback information on the corresponding feedback information field.
其中,一个传输时间单元内传输PDSCH的时域资源,为多次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源时,根据所述传输时间单元内第一次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源的最后一个符号,或者所述传输时间单元内最后一次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源的最后一个符号,确定所述时域资源分配方式的接收时机。Wherein, the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH in one transmission time unit is the time domain resource for repeatedly transmitting the PDSCH for multiple times, according to the last symbol of the time domain resource for the first repeated transmission of the PDSCH in the transmission time unit, or The last symbol of the time domain resource for the last repeated transmission of the PDSCH in the transmission time unit determines the receiving timing of the time domain resource allocation mode.
动态HARQ-ACK码本中,重复传输PDSCH的多个传输时间单元对应的至少两个反馈时间单元是根据下行控制信息指示的一个或多个反馈时序确定的。以下阐述部分可选的实施方式。In the dynamic HARQ-ACK codebook, at least two feedback time units corresponding to multiple transmission time units for repeated PDSCH transmission are determined according to one or more feedback timings indicated by the downlink control information. Some optional implementations are described below.
在一种实施方式中,重复传输PDSCH的多个传输时间单元包括第三传输时间单元和第四传输时间单元。所述下行控制信息指示一个反馈时序K 1;所述反馈时序K 1是第三传输时间单元的反馈时序。第三传输时间单元对应的反馈时间单元,是该第三传输时间单元之后第K 1个时间单元,记为第三反馈时间单元。第四传输时间单元为重复传输所述PDSCH的传输时间单元。第三传输时间单元到该第四传输时间的时序偏移为K 2In an embodiment, the multiple transmission time units for repeatedly transmitting the PDSCH include a third transmission time unit and a fourth transmission time unit. The downlink control information indicates a feedback timing K 1 ; the feedback timing K 1 is the feedback timing of the third transmission time unit. Third transmission time units corresponding to the feedback time units, K 1 is the first time unit after the transmission time of the third unit, referred to as a third feedback unit time. The fourth transmission time unit is a transmission time unit for repeatedly transmitting the PDSCH. The timing offset from the third transmission time unit to the fourth transmission time is K 2 .
第四传输时间单元对应的反馈时间单元为:第三反馈时间单元之前的第K 2个上行时间单元。其中,所述第三传输时间单元为重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元中时域位置最靠后的时间单元。 A fourth unit time corresponding to the feedback transmission unit time: time units before the third feedback upstream of K 2 time units. Wherein, the third transmission time unit is the time unit with the lowest position in the time domain among the multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH.
或者,第四传输时间单元对应的反馈时间单元为:第三反馈时间单元之后的第K 2个上行时间单元。其中,所述第三传输时间单元为重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元中时域位置最靠前的时间单元。 Alternatively, a fourth transmission time unit corresponding to the feedback time unit: K 2 upstream of the third feedback time units after the time unit. Wherein, the third transmission time unit is a time unit with the highest position in the time domain among multiple transmission time units for repeated transmission of the PDSCH.
在另一种实施方式中,所述下行控制信息指示多个反馈时序;所述多个反馈时序中,一个所述反馈时序对应重复传输所述PDSCH的一个或多个传输时间单元。In another implementation manner, the downlink control information indicates multiple feedback timings; among the multiple feedback timings, one of the feedback timings corresponds to one or more transmission time units for repeatedly transmitting the PDSCH.
其中,多个传输时间单元具有一个反馈时序K i时,该多个传输时间单元对应的反馈时间单元,为该多个传输时间单元中时域位置最靠后的传输时间单元之后的,第K i个时间单元。 Wherein, when multiple transmission time units have a feedback timing K i , the feedback time unit corresponding to the multiple transmission time units is the Kth after the transmission time unit with the lowest time domain position among the multiple transmission time units. i time units.
在又一种实施方式中,至少两个传输时间单元集合包括第一传输时间单元集合和第二传输时间单元集合;所述至少两个传输时间单元集合是利用时域位置的先后顺序,对重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元进行划分获得的。所述下行控制信息指示一个反馈 时序K 1,所述反馈时序K 1是所述第一传输时间单元集合的反馈时序。第一传输时间单元集合对应的反馈时间单元,是该第一传输时间单元集合中时域位置最靠后的传输时间单元之后第K 1个时间单元,记为第三反馈时间单元。第一传输时间单元集合到第二传输时间单元集合的时序集合偏移为K 2In still another embodiment, the at least two transmission time unit sets include a first transmission time unit set and a second transmission time unit set; the at least two transmission time unit sets use the sequence of time domain positions to repeat It is obtained by dividing multiple transmission time units for transmitting the PDSCH. The downlink control information indicates a feedback timing K 1 , and the feedback timing K 1 is the feedback timing of the first transmission time unit set. A first transmission time unit corresponding to the set feedback time units, K 1 is the first time unit after the transmission time units after the time position of the time-domain transmission unit closest to the first set, referred to as a third feedback unit time. The timing set offset from the first transmission time unit set to the second transmission time unit set is K 2 .
第二传输时间单元集合对应的反馈时间单元为:第三反馈时间单元之前的第K 2个上行时间单元。其中,所述第一传输时间单元集合是所述至少两个传输时间单元集合中,时域位置最靠后的传输时间单元集合。 A second transmission time unit corresponding to the set feedback time unit: time units before the third feedback upstream of K 2 time units. Wherein, the first transmission time unit set is the transmission time unit set with the lowest position in the time domain among the at least two transmission time unit sets.
或者,第二传输时间单元集合对应的反馈时间单元为:第三反馈时间单元之后的第K 2个上行时间单元。其中,所述第一传输时间单元集合是所述至少两个传输时间单元集合中,时域位置最靠前的传输时间单元集合。 Alternatively, the second transmission time corresponding to the feedback time set unit unit: K 2 upstream of the third feedback time units after the time unit. Wherein, the first transmission time unit set is the transmission time unit set with the highest position in the time domain among the at least two transmission time unit sets.
在又一种实施方式中,至少两个传输时间单元集合包括第一传输时间单元集合和第二传输时间单元集合;所述至少两个传输时间单元集合是利用时域位置的先后顺序,对重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元进行划分获得的。In still another embodiment, the at least two transmission time unit sets include a first transmission time unit set and a second transmission time unit set; the at least two transmission time unit sets use the sequence of time domain positions to repeat It is obtained by dividing multiple transmission time units for transmitting the PDSCH.
所述下行控制信息指示多个反馈时序;一个所述反馈时序对应一个传输时间单元集合。The downlink control information indicates multiple feedback timings; one feedback timing corresponds to one transmission time unit set.
假设第一传输时间单元集合对应的反馈时序为K i,则第一传输时间单元集合对应的反馈时间单元,为第一传输时间单元集合中时域位置最靠后的传输时间单元之后,第K i时间单元。 Assuming that the feedback timing corresponding to the first transmission time unit set is K i , the feedback time unit corresponding to the first transmission time unit set is after the transmission time unit with the last time domain position in the first transmission time unit set. i time unit.
其中,上述基于反馈时序确定传输时间单元对应的反馈时间单元,以及反馈时间单元的反馈窗口时,具体需要根据上下行子载波间隔进行换算。其中,上述实施方式主要基于上下行子载波间隔相同时进行阐述的;若上下行子载波间隔不同,则可以将传输时间单元换算为对应的上行时间单元后,再确定换算的上行时间单元之后的第K 1个上行时间单元作为反馈时间单元。 Wherein, when determining the feedback time unit corresponding to the transmission time unit and the feedback window of the feedback time unit based on the feedback timing, it is specifically necessary to perform conversion according to the uplink and downlink subcarrier intervals. Among them, the above embodiments are mainly explained when the uplink and downlink subcarrier intervals are the same; if the uplink and downlink subcarrier intervals are different, the transmission time unit can be converted to the corresponding uplink time unit, and then the converted uplink time unit can be determined. K 1 upstream first time unit as the feedback unit time.
比如,当上下行子载波间隔不同时,第一传输时间单元的反馈时序为K 1,则第一传输时间单元对应的反馈时间单元为:基于上下行子载波间隔,确定第一传输时间单元换算到上行时所对应的上行时间单元;基于确定的该上行时间单元,向后数第K 1个上行时间单元作为第一传输时间单元对应的反馈时间单元。再比如,当上下行子载波间隔相同时,第一传输时间单元的反馈时序为K 1,则第一传输时间单元对应的反馈时间单元直接为该第一传输时间单元之后的第K 1个上行时间单元。 For example, when the uplink and downlink subcarrier intervals are different, the feedback timing of the first transmission time unit is K 1 , then the feedback time unit corresponding to the first transmission time unit is: based on the uplink and downlink subcarrier intervals, determine the conversion of the first transmission time unit up to the time corresponding to the row unit; uplink time units based on the determined first number of backward K 1 time units as the first upstream transmission time unit corresponding to the feedback time unit. As another example, when the uplink and downlink sub-carrier spacing is the same, the first transmit time feedback timing unit is K 1, the first transmission time unit corresponding to the feedback unit time upstream of K 1 after the first transmission time for that unit is directly Time unit.
相应的,关于上述所述的第三传输时间单元到第四传输时间的时序偏移K 2,实际为第三上行时间单元到第四上行时间单元的时序偏移K 2。第三上行时间单元,是第三传输时间单元基于上下行子载波间隔换算的上行时间单元;第四上行时间单元,是第四传输时间单元基于上下行子载波间隔换算的上行时间单元。 Accordingly, the timing of the above transmission time unit of the third to the fourth transmission time offset K 2, it is actually the third time up to the timing of the fourth unit cell uplink time offset K 2. The third uplink time unit is an uplink time unit converted by the third transmission time unit based on the uplink and downlink subcarrier spacing; the fourth uplink time unit is an uplink time unit converted by the fourth transmission time unit based on the uplink and downlink subcarrier spacing.
当经过换算后,得到的上述第三上行时间单元与第四上行时间单元为同一个时,该第三传输时间单元对应的反馈时间单元与该第四传输时间单元对应的反馈时间单元相同。When the obtained third uplink time unit and the fourth uplink time unit are the same after conversion, the feedback time unit corresponding to the third transmission time unit is the same as the feedback time unit corresponding to the fourth transmission time unit.
相应的,关于上述所述的所述第一传输时间单元集合到所述第二传输时间单元集合的时序集合偏移为K 2,实际为第一上行时间单元集合到第二上行时间单元集合的时序集合偏移K 2。第一上行时间单元集合,为将第一传输时间单元集合中各传输时间单元,基于上下行子载波间隔换算得到的各上行时间单元构成的上行时间单元集合。第二上行时间单元集 合,为将第二传输时间单元集合中各传输时间单元,基于上下行子载波间隔换算得到的各上行时间单元构成的上行时间单元集合。 Correspondingly, the above-mentioned timing set offset from the first transmission time unit set to the second transmission time unit set is K 2 , which is actually the offset from the first uplink time unit set to the second uplink time unit set The timing set is offset by K 2 . The first uplink time unit set is an uplink time unit set formed by each transmission time unit in the first transmission time unit set based on the uplink time units obtained by conversion of the uplink and downlink subcarrier intervals. The second uplink time unit set is an uplink time unit set formed by each transmission time unit in the second transmission time unit set based on the uplink time units obtained by conversion of the uplink and downlink subcarrier intervals.
第二方面,本申请还提供了一种PDSCH接收时机确定方法,该PDSCH接收时机确定方法可以确定一个传输时间单元或下行时间单元对应的一个或多个PDSCH接收时机。具体的,该PDSCH接收时机确定方法,包括:确定一个下行时间单元内多次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源分配方式以及一次传输PDSCH的多个时域资源分配方式,作为该下行时间单元对应的多个时域资源分配方式;针对该下行时间单元对应的多个时域资源分配方式,根据各时域资源分配方式的最后一个符号以及各时域资源分配方式之间的时域资源重叠,确定各时域资源分配方式对应的PDSCH接收时机。In the second aspect, the present application also provides a method for determining PDSCH reception timing. The PDSCH reception timing determination method can determine one or more PDSCH reception timings corresponding to a transmission time unit or a downlink time unit. Specifically, the method for determining the timing of receiving the PDSCH includes: determining a time domain resource allocation method for multiple repeated transmissions of the PDSCH within a downlink time unit and multiple time domain resource allocation methods for PDSCH transmission at one time, as the multiple corresponding to the downlink time unit. Time-domain resource allocation methods; for multiple time-domain resource allocation methods corresponding to the downlink time unit, each time-domain resource allocation method is determined according to the last symbol of each time-domain resource allocation method and the time-domain resource overlap between each time-domain resource allocation method The PDSCH receiving timing corresponding to the time domain resource allocation method.
其中,针对该时间单元对应的多个时域资源分配方式,根据各时域资源分配方式的最后一个符号以及各时域资源分配方式之间的时域资源重叠,确定各时域资源分配方式对应的PDSCH接收时机的具体实施方式可参见具体实施方式中的相关内容,此处不再详述。Among them, for the multiple time domain resource allocation methods corresponding to the time unit, according to the last symbol of each time domain resource allocation method and the time domain resource overlap between each time domain resource allocation method, determine the corresponding time domain resource allocation method The specific implementation manner of the PDSCH receiving timing can refer to the related content in the specific implementation manner, which will not be detailed here.
其中,第二方面所述的PDSCH接收时机确定方法,可以由终端或网络设备分别执行。Wherein, the method for determining the PDSCH receiving timing described in the second aspect may be executed by a terminal or a network device respectively.
第三方面,本申请还提供一种反馈信息处理方法。为了实现反馈增强,本申请所述的反馈信息处理方法中,终端可采用多个频域资源多次发送反馈信息。比如,终端在至少两个频域资源上分别发送所述反馈信息。所述至少两个频域资源,分别为重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元对应的反馈时间单元中的,不同频域资源。In the third aspect, this application also provides a feedback information processing method. In order to achieve feedback enhancement, in the feedback information processing method described in this application, the terminal may use multiple frequency domain resources to send feedback information multiple times. For example, the terminal sends the feedback information separately on at least two frequency domain resources. The at least two frequency domain resources are respectively different frequency domain resources in feedback time units corresponding to multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH.
其中,该反馈信息可以为本申请各实施方式中,反馈时间单元上发送的反馈信息,此处不再详述。Wherein, the feedback information may be the feedback information sent in the feedback time unit in each embodiment of the application, and will not be detailed here.
可见,该反馈信息处理方法能够在不同的频域资源上发送反馈信息,从而能够增强反馈的可靠性。It can be seen that the feedback information processing method can send feedback information on different frequency domain resources, thereby enhancing the reliability of feedback.
第四方面,本申请还提供一种反馈信息处理方法。该反馈信息处理方法中,终端能够至少根据第一传输时间单元传输的PDSCH计算反馈信息;终端在第一反馈时间单元上发送所述反馈信息。所述第一传输时间单元,为重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元中的最后一个传输时间单元之外的传输时间单元。所述第一反馈时间单元的时域位置在该最后一个传输时间单元之前。可见,该实施方式终端可以不必等到该最后一个传输时间单元发送的PDSCH之后,再反馈反馈信息。该实施方式有利于实现尽快反馈。In the fourth aspect, this application also provides a feedback information processing method. In the feedback information processing method, the terminal can calculate feedback information at least according to the PDSCH transmitted by the first transmission time unit; the terminal sends the feedback information on the first feedback time unit. The first transmission time unit is a transmission time unit other than the last transmission time unit among the multiple transmission time units for repeatedly transmitting the PDSCH. The time domain position of the first feedback time unit is before the last transmission time unit. It can be seen that in this implementation manner, the terminal may not need to wait until the PDSCH sent by the last transmission time unit before feeding back feedback information. This implementation mode is conducive to quick feedback.
在一种实施方式中,该反馈信息处理方法还包括:所述终端在第二反馈时间单元上发送反馈信息。第二反馈时间单元的时域位置在该最后一个传输时间单元之后。In an embodiment, the feedback information processing method further includes: the terminal sends the feedback information in the second feedback time unit. The time domain position of the second feedback time unit is after the last transmission time unit.
其中,该最后一个传输时间单元,为重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元中,时域位置最靠后的传输时间单元。Wherein, the last transmission time unit is the transmission time unit with the lowest position in the time domain among multiple transmission time units for repeated transmission of the PDSCH.
在一种实施方式中,终端在第二反馈时间单元发送的该反馈信息,为终端至少根据最后一个传输时间单元传输的PDSCH计算的反馈信息;或者,为终端根据第二反馈时间单元的反馈窗口中,各传输时间单元重复传输的PDSCH,计算的反馈信息。In one embodiment, the feedback information sent by the terminal in the second feedback time unit is the feedback information calculated by the terminal at least according to the PDSCH transmitted by the last transmission time unit; or, it is the feedback window of the terminal according to the second feedback time unit In, the PDSCH repeatedly transmitted in each transmission time unit, and the calculated feedback information.
在另一种实施方式中,若终端在第一反馈时间单元上发送的是ACK信息,则终端在第二反馈时间单元上发送的反馈信息为该ACK信息。也就是说,终端可在第二反馈时间单元上直接发送该ACK信息,避免再次计算,从而降低了终端的处理负担。In another implementation manner, if the terminal sends ACK information on the first feedback time unit, the feedback information sent by the terminal on the second feedback time unit is the ACK information. That is, the terminal can directly send the ACK information in the second feedback time unit to avoid recalculation, thereby reducing the processing burden of the terminal.
第五方面,本申请还提供一种反馈信息处理方法。该反馈信息处理方法中,终端至少 根据第一传输时间单元重复传输的物理下行共享信道PDSCH计算反馈信息;所述终端在第一反馈时间单元上发送所述反馈信息。所述第一传输时间单元,是所述第一反馈时间单元的反馈窗口中,重复传输所述PDSCH的最后一个传输时间单元。In the fifth aspect, this application also provides a feedback information processing method. In the feedback information processing method, the terminal calculates the feedback information at least according to the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH repeatedly transmitted by the first transmission time unit; the terminal sends the feedback information on the first feedback time unit. The first transmission time unit is the last transmission time unit in which the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit.
可见,该实施方式在反馈时间单元的反馈窗口中具有重复传输PDSCH的传输时间单元时,就能够至少基于该反馈窗口中,各传输时间单元重复传输的PDSCH,计算反馈信息。从而有利于及时反馈该反馈信息。It can be seen that in this embodiment, when there are transmission time units for repeated PDSCH transmission in the feedback window of the feedback time unit, the feedback information can be calculated based at least on the PDSCH repeatedly transmitted by each transmission time unit in the feedback window. This is beneficial to feedback the feedback information in time.
在一种实施方式中,所述第一反馈时间单元的时域位置在重复传输所述PDSCH的最后一个传输时间单元之前以及重复传输所述PDSCH的第一传输时间单元之后。可见,该实施方式能够尽快反馈该PDSCH的反馈信息。In an implementation manner, the time domain position of the first feedback time unit is before the last transmission time unit of repeated transmission of the PDSCH and after the first transmission time unit of repeated transmission of the PDSCH. It can be seen that this embodiment can feed back the feedback information of the PDSCH as soon as possible.
在另一种实施方式中,该反馈信息处理方法还包括:所述终端在第二反馈时间单元上发送反馈信息。In another implementation manner, the feedback information processing method further includes: the terminal sends the feedback information in the second feedback time unit.
在一种实施方式中,所述第二反馈时间单元的时域位置在所述最后一个传输时间单元之后。所述最后一个传输时间单元,为重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元中,时域位置最靠后的传输时间单元。In an embodiment, the time domain position of the second feedback time unit is after the last transmission time unit. The last transmission time unit is the transmission time unit with the lowest position in the time domain among multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH.
其中,终端在第二反馈时间单元上发送的该反馈信息可参见上述第四方面的阐述,这里不再详述。For the feedback information sent by the terminal on the second feedback time unit, please refer to the description of the fourth aspect above, which will not be described in detail here.
第六方面,本申请还提供一种反馈信息处理方法。该反馈信息处理方法中,终端至少根据第一传输时间单元重复传输的物理下行共享信道PDSCH计算反馈信息;所述终端在第一反馈时间单元上发送所述反馈信息。所述第一传输时间单元,是所述第一反馈时间单元的反馈窗口中,重复传输所述PDSCH的最后一个传输时间单元;所述第一反馈时间单元,是重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元对应的上行时间单元中,时域位置最靠前的上行时间单元。In the sixth aspect, this application also provides a feedback information processing method. In the feedback information processing method, the terminal calculates feedback information at least according to the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH repeatedly transmitted in the first transmission time unit; the terminal sends the feedback information on the first feedback time unit. The first transmission time unit is the last transmission time unit that repeatedly transmits the PDSCH in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit; the first feedback time unit is multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH Among the uplink time units corresponding to the transmission time unit, the uplink time unit with the highest position in the time domain.
在另一种实施方式中,该反馈信息处理方法还包括:所述终端在第二反馈时间单元上发送反馈信息。In another implementation manner, the feedback information processing method further includes: the terminal sends the feedback information in the second feedback time unit.
其中,该第二反馈时间单元,为重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元对应的上行时间单元中,时域位置最靠后的上行时间单元或时域位置在第一反馈时间单元之后的上行时间单元。Wherein, the second feedback time unit is the uplink time unit corresponding to the multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH, the uplink time unit with the latest time domain position or the time domain position after the first feedback time unit Upstream time unit.
其中,终端在第二反馈时间单元发送的该反馈信息可参见上述第四方面的阐述,这里不再详述。For the feedback information sent by the terminal in the second feedback time unit, reference may be made to the description of the fourth aspect above, which will not be described in detail here.
在一种实施方式中,上述第三方面至第六方面所述的反馈信息处理方法,还可以结合第一方面所述的内容,确定重复传输PDSCH的多个传输时间单元对应的至少两个反馈时间单元;比如,半静态HARQ-ACK码本中,基于RRC配置的反馈时序集合确定该多个传输时间单元对应的多个上行时间单元;将确定的多个上行时间单元中的一个或多个上行时间单元作为上述所述的反馈时间单元。再比如,动态HARQ-ACK码本中,终端可根据DCI指示的一个或多个反馈时序,确定该多个传输时间单元对应的一个或多个反馈时间单元。In an implementation manner, the feedback information processing method described in the third aspect to the sixth aspect may also be combined with the content described in the first aspect to determine at least two feedbacks corresponding to multiple transmission time units of repeated PDSCH transmission Time unit; for example, in a semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook, multiple uplink time units corresponding to the multiple transmission time units are determined based on the feedback timing set configured by RRC; one or more of the multiple determined uplink time units are determined The uplink time unit serves as the feedback time unit mentioned above. For another example, in a dynamic HARQ-ACK codebook, the terminal may determine one or more feedback time units corresponding to the multiple transmission time units according to one or more feedback timings indicated by the DCI.
在一种实施方式中,上述第三方面至第六方面所述的反馈信息处理方法,还可以结合第一方面所述的内容,执行上述半静态HARQ-ACK码本的相关实施方式。In an implementation manner, the feedback information processing method described in the third aspect to the sixth aspect may also be combined with the content described in the first aspect to execute the related implementation manner of the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook.
在一种实施方式中,上述第三方面至第六方面所述的反馈信息处理方法,还可以结合 第二方面所述的内容,确定PDSCH接收时机。In an implementation manner, the feedback information processing method described in the third aspect to the sixth aspect may also be combined with the content described in the second aspect to determine the PDSCH reception timing.
第七方面,本申请还提供一种反馈信息处理方法,该反馈信息处理方法与第一方面所述的反馈信息处理方法相比,不同之处在于,该方面所述的反馈信息处理方法是从网络设备侧进行阐述的。In a seventh aspect, the present application also provides a feedback information processing method, which is different from the feedback information processing method described in the first aspect in that the feedback information processing method described in this aspect is from Explained on the network equipment side.
该反馈信息处理方法中,网络设备接收终端在第一反馈时间单元上发送的反馈信息;网络设备确定所述反馈信息至少为第一传输时间单元重复传输的PDSCH对应的反馈信息。In the feedback information processing method, the network device receives the feedback information sent by the terminal on the first feedback time unit; the network device determines that the feedback information is at least the feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH repeatedly transmitted by the first transmission time unit.
在一种实施方式中,该第一反馈时间单元,为重复传输PDSCH的多个传输时间单元对应的至少两个反馈时间单元中的任一个,第一传输时间单元为第一反馈时间单元的反馈窗口中,重复传输该PDSCH的最后一个传输时间单元。可见,该实施方式中,网络设备能够接收终端在至少两个反馈时间单元上发送的反馈信息,从而改善了反馈的可靠性。In an embodiment, the first feedback time unit is any one of at least two feedback time units corresponding to multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit PDSCH, and the first transmission time unit is the feedback of the first feedback time unit In the window, the last transmission time unit of the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted. It can be seen that in this embodiment, the network device can receive the feedback information sent by the terminal in at least two feedback time units, thereby improving the reliability of the feedback.
在另一种实施方式中,所述第一传输时间单元为重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元中的一个;所述第一反馈时间单元的时域位置在重复传输所述PDSCH的最后一个传输时间单元之前。可见,该实施方式能够在第一反馈时间单元上实现尽快反馈。In another implementation manner, the first transmission time unit is one of multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH; the time domain position of the first feedback time unit is at the end of the repeated transmission of the PDSCH One transmission time unit before. It can be seen that this embodiment can realize the feedback as soon as possible on the first feedback time unit.
在又一种实施方式中,该反馈信息处理方法还包括:网络设备接收终端在第二反馈时间单元上发送的再次计算的反馈信息;所述网络设备确定该反馈信息至少为基于最后一个传输时间单元传输的PDSCH计算的反馈信息。所述最后一个传输时间单元,为重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元中,时域位置最靠后的传输时间单元。其中,所述第二反馈时间单元的时域位置在所述最后一个传输时间单元之后。可见,该实施方式能够在第一反馈时间单元上实现尽快反馈的同时,还能够接收终端在第二反馈时间单元上发送的,终端基于多个传输时间单元传输的PDSCH计算的反馈信息。In still another embodiment, the feedback information processing method further includes: the network device receives the recalculated feedback information sent by the terminal on the second feedback time unit; the network device determines that the feedback information is based on at least the last transmission time The feedback information calculated by the PDSCH transmitted by the unit. The last transmission time unit is the transmission time unit with the lowest position in the time domain among multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH. Wherein, the time domain position of the second feedback time unit is after the last transmission time unit. It can be seen that this implementation manner can realize feedback as soon as possible on the first feedback time unit, and can also receive feedback information sent by the terminal on the second feedback time unit and calculated by the terminal based on the PDSCH transmitted by multiple transmission time units.
在又一种实施方式中,第一传输时间单元,是所述第一反馈时间单元的反馈窗口中,重复传输所述PDSCH的最后一个传输时间单元。相应的,所述第一反馈时间单元的时域位置在重复传输所述PDSCH的最后一个传输时间单元之前。可见,该实施方式中,网络设备能够尽快接收到反馈信息。In yet another implementation manner, the first transmission time unit is the last transmission time unit in which the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit. Correspondingly, the time domain position of the first feedback time unit is before the last transmission time unit of repeated transmission of the PDSCH. It can be seen that in this embodiment, the network device can receive the feedback information as soon as possible.
在又一种实施方式中,第一传输时间单元,是所述第一反馈时间单元的反馈窗口中,重复传输所述PDSCH的最后一个传输时间单元。所述第一反馈时间单元,是重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元对应的至少两个反馈时间单元中,时域位置最靠前的反馈时间单元。可见,该实施方式中,网络设备能够尽快接收到反馈信息。在一种实施方式中,网络设备确定反馈信息至少为第一传输时间单元重复传输的PDSCH对应的反馈信息,包括:网络设备确定反馈信息为第一传输时间单元和第二传输时间单元重复传输的PDSCH对应的反馈信息。也就是说,网络设备能够获知,该反馈信息是针对第一传输时间单元和第二传输时间单元分别重复传输的PDSCH进行联合计算获得的。该第二传输时间单元为第一反馈时间单元的反馈窗口中,重复传输PDSCH的另一传输时间单元。In yet another implementation manner, the first transmission time unit is the last transmission time unit in which the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit. The first feedback time unit is the feedback time unit with the highest position in the time domain among at least two feedback time units corresponding to multiple transmission time units for repeatedly transmitting the PDSCH. It can be seen that in this embodiment, the network device can receive the feedback information as soon as possible. In an implementation manner, the network device determining that the feedback information is at least the feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH repeatedly transmitted by the first transmission time unit includes: the network device determines that the feedback information is repeatedly transmitted by the first transmission time unit and the second transmission time unit Feedback information corresponding to PDSCH. That is to say, the network device can learn that the feedback information is obtained by performing joint calculations on PDSCHs that are repeatedly transmitted in the first transmission time unit and the second transmission time unit respectively. The second transmission time unit is another transmission time unit in which the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit.
其中,所述至少两个反馈时间单元包括第二反馈时间单元;所述第一反馈时间单元的时域位置在所述第二反馈时间单元的时域位置之前。可见,该实施方式中,由于网络设备在第一传输时间单元上传输完该PDSCH后,就能够接收终端在第一反馈时间单元上发送的该PDSCH的HARQ-AKC信息,因此,网络设备能够尽快获得反馈信息。进一步的,该实施方式有利于网络设备根据该反馈信息,决策是否还需要在第一传输时间单元之后的其 他传输时间单元上重复传输该PDSCH。比如,网络设备在接收到的反馈信息为肯定反馈ACK信息时,能够将其他传输时间单元用于调度新的数据或分配给其他用户,而不必再重复传输该PDSCH。从而,有利于提高资源利用率。Wherein, the at least two feedback time units include a second feedback time unit; the time domain position of the first feedback time unit is before the time domain position of the second feedback time unit. It can be seen that, in this embodiment, after the network device transmits the PDSCH on the first transmission time unit, it can receive the HARQ-AKC information of the PDSCH sent by the terminal on the first feedback time unit. Therefore, the network device can be as fast as possible. Get feedback information. Further, this embodiment is beneficial for the network device to decide whether to repeat the transmission of the PDSCH on other transmission time units after the first transmission time unit based on the feedback information. For example, when the received feedback information is positive feedback ACK information, the network device can use other transmission time units to schedule new data or allocate to other users without repeating the PDSCH transmission. Thus, it is beneficial to improve resource utilization.
在另一种实施方式中,所述网络设备接收所述终端在所述第二反馈时间单元上发送的肯定反馈ACK信息;所述网络设备确定所述ACK信息至少为所述第一传输时间单元重复传输的所述PDSCH对应的ACK信息。可见,该实施方式的网络设备能够接收到终端发送的至少两次ACK信息,从而增强了ACK信息反馈的可靠性。In another implementation manner, the network device receives the positive feedback ACK information sent by the terminal on the second feedback time unit; the network device determines that the ACK information is at least the first transmission time unit ACK information corresponding to the repeatedly transmitted PDSCH. It can be seen that the network device of this embodiment can receive at least two ACK information sent by the terminal, thereby enhancing the reliability of ACK information feedback.
在一种实施方式中,一个所述传输时间单元内,重复传输所述PDSCH的次数为一次或多次。In an embodiment, the number of repeated transmissions of the PDSCH within one transmission time unit is one or more times.
在一种实施方式中,所述网络设备接收终端在第一反馈时间单元上发送的所述反馈信息,包括:所述网络设备在第一反馈时间单元中,第一PDSCH接收时机对应的反馈信息字段上接收所述反馈信息,以及,第二PDSCH接收时机对应的反馈信息字段上接收所述反馈信息;所述第一PDSCH接收时机为所述第一传输时间单元重复传输所述PDSCH对应的PDSCH接收时机;所述第二PDSCH接收时机为第二传输时间单元重复传输所述PDSCH对应的PDSCH接收时机;所述第二传输时间单元在所述第一反馈时间单元的反馈窗口中的时域位置在所述第一传输时间单元之前。In an implementation manner, the network device receiving the feedback information sent by the terminal in the first feedback time unit includes: the network device is in the first feedback time unit, and the feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH reception timing The feedback information is received in the field, and the feedback information is received in the feedback information field corresponding to the second PDSCH receiving opportunity; the first PDSCH receiving opportunity is the repeated transmission of the PDSCH corresponding to the PDSCH in the first transmission time unit Reception timing; the second PDSCH reception timing is the second transmission time unit to repeatedly transmit the PDSCH reception timing corresponding to the PDSCH; the time domain position of the second transmission time unit in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit Before the first transmission time unit.
在一种实施方式中,所述第一PDSCH接收时机和所述第二PDSCH接收时机是基于多个时域资源分配方式确定的;一个所述时域资源分配方式对应一个传输时间单元内传输PDSCH的时域资源;所述传输PDSCH的时域资源为一次传输PDSCH的时域资源或多次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源。In an implementation manner, the first PDSCH reception timing and the second PDSCH reception timing are determined based on multiple time domain resource allocation methods; one of the time domain resource allocation methods corresponds to the transmission of PDSCH in a transmission time unit The time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH is the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH once or the time domain resource for repeatedly transmitting the PDSCH for multiple times.
在一种实施方式中,一个传输时间单元内多次重复传输PDSCH时,所述方法还包括:根据所述传输时间单元内第一次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源的最后一个符号,或者所述传输时间单元内最后一次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源的最后一个符号,确定所述时域资源分配方式的接收时机。可见,该实施方式能够针对传输时间单元内的重复传输,确定对应的PDSCH接收时机,从而有利于在半静态HARQ-ACK码本中发送反馈信息。In an embodiment, when the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted multiple times in a transmission time unit, the method further includes: according to the last symbol of the time domain resource for the first repeated transmission of the PDSCH in the transmission time unit, or the The last symbol of the time domain resource of the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted for the last time in the transmission time unit, and the receiving timing of the time domain resource allocation manner is determined. It can be seen that this implementation manner can determine the corresponding PDSCH reception timing for repeated transmission within the transmission time unit, thereby facilitating sending feedback information in the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook.
在一种实施方式中,动态HARQ-ACK码本中,所述至少两个反馈时间单元是基于下行控制信息指示的一个反馈时序或多个反馈时序确定的。In an implementation manner, in the dynamic HARQ-ACK codebook, the at least two feedback time units are determined based on one feedback timing or multiple feedback timings indicated by the downlink control information.
其中,如何根据该一个反馈时序或多个反馈时隙确定该至少两个反馈时间单元可以参见上述第一方面所述的相关内容,这里不再详述。Wherein, how to determine the at least two feedback time units according to the one feedback time sequence or multiple feedback time slots can refer to the related content described in the first aspect above, which will not be detailed here.
第八方面,本申请还提供了一种终端,该终端具有实现上述第一方面至第七方面所述的方法示例中终端的部分或全部功能,比如终端的功能可具备本申请中的部分或全部实施例中的功能,也可以具备单独实施本申请中的任一个实施例的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元或模块。In an eighth aspect, the present application also provides a terminal, which has some or all of the functions of the terminal in the method examples described in the first to seventh aspects. For example, the function of the terminal may have some or all of the functions in this application. The functions in all the embodiments may also have the function of independently implementing any of the embodiments in this application. The function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
在一种可能的设计中,该终端的结构中可包括处理单元和通信单元,所述处理单元被配置为支持终端执行上述方法中相应的功能。所述通信单元用于支持终端与其他设备之间的通信。所述终端还可以包括存储单元,所述存储单元用于与处理单元和发送单元耦合,其保存终端必要的程序指令和数据。In a possible design, the structure of the terminal may include a processing unit and a communication unit, and the processing unit is configured to support the terminal to perform corresponding functions in the foregoing method. The communication unit is used to support communication between the terminal and other devices. The terminal may also include a storage unit, which is configured to be coupled with the processing unit and the sending unit, and stores necessary program instructions and data for the terminal.
一种实施方式中,所述终端包括:In an implementation manner, the terminal includes:
处理单元,用于至少根据第一传输时间单元重复传输的物理下行共享信道PDSCH计算反馈信息;A processing unit, configured to calculate feedback information at least according to the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH repeatedly transmitted by the first transmission time unit;
通信单元,用于在第一反馈时间单元上发送所述反馈信息;The communication unit is configured to send the feedback information on the first feedback time unit;
所述第一反馈时间单元,为重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元对应至少两个反馈时间单元中的任一个;The first feedback time unit is any one of at least two feedback time units corresponding to multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH;
所述第一传输时间单元,是所述第一反馈时间单元的反馈窗口中,重复传输所述PDSCH的最后一个传输时间单元。The first transmission time unit is the last transmission time unit in which the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit.
作为示例,处理单元可以为处理器,通信单元可以为收发器,存储单元可以为存储器。As an example, the processing unit may be a processor, the communication unit may be a transceiver, and the storage unit may be a memory.
一种实施方式中,所述终端包括:In an implementation manner, the terminal includes:
处理器,用于至少根据第一传输时间单元重复传输的物理下行共享信道PDSCH计算反馈信息;A processor, configured to calculate feedback information at least according to the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH repeatedly transmitted by the first transmission time unit;
收发器,用于在第一反馈时间单元上发送所述反馈信息;A transceiver, configured to send the feedback information on the first feedback time unit;
所述第一反馈时间单元,为重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元对应至少两个反馈时间单元中的任一个;The first feedback time unit is any one of at least two feedback time units corresponding to multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH;
所述第一传输时间单元,是所述第一反馈时间单元的反馈窗口中,重复传输所述PDSCH的最后一个传输时间单元。The first transmission time unit is the last transmission time unit in which the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit.
第九方面,本申请还提供了一种网络设备。该网络设备具有实现上述第七方面所述的方法示例中网络设备的部分或全部功能,比如网络设备的功能可具备本申请中网络设备的部分或全部实施例中的功能,也可以具备单独实施本申请中的任一个实施例的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元或模块。In a ninth aspect, this application also provides a network device. The network device can implement part or all of the functions of the network device in the example of the method described in the seventh aspect. For example, the function of the network device can have some or all of the functions in the embodiments of the network device in this application, or can be implemented separately The function of any of the embodiments in this application. The function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
在一种可能的设计中,该网络设备的结构中可包括处理单元和通信单元,所述通信单元被配置为支持网络设备执行上述方法中相应的功能。所述通信单元用于支持网络设备与其他设备之间的通信。所述网络设备还可以包括存储单元,所述存储单元用于与获取单元和发送单元耦合,其保存网络设备必要的程序指令和数据。In a possible design, the structure of the network device may include a processing unit and a communication unit, and the communication unit is configured to support the network device to perform corresponding functions in the foregoing method. The communication unit is used to support communication between the network device and other devices. The network device may further include a storage unit, which is configured to be coupled with the acquisition unit and the sending unit, and stores the program instructions and data necessary for the network device.
一种实施方式中,所述网络设备包括:In an implementation manner, the network device includes:
通信单元,用于接收终端在第一反馈时间单元上发送的反馈信息;所述第一反馈时间单元,为重复传输物理下行共享信道PDSCH的多个传输时间单元对应的至少两个反馈时间单元中的任一个;The communication unit is configured to receive feedback information sent by the terminal on the first feedback time unit; the first feedback time unit is one of at least two feedback time units corresponding to multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH Any of
处理单元,用于确定所述反馈信息至少为第一传输时间单元重复传输的所述PDSCH对应的反馈信息;所述第一传输时间单元,是所述第一反馈时间单元的反馈窗口中,重复传输所述PDSCH的最后一个传输时间单元。The processing unit is configured to determine that the feedback information is at least the feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH that is repeatedly transmitted by the first transmission time unit; the first transmission time unit is in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit, repeated The last transmission time unit of the PDSCH is transmitted.
作为示例,通信单元可以为收发器,存储单元可以为存储器,处理单元可以为处理器。一种实施方式中,所述网络设备包括:As an example, the communication unit may be a transceiver, the storage unit may be a memory, and the processing unit may be a processor. In an implementation manner, the network device includes:
收发器,用于接收终端在第一反馈时间单元上发送的反馈信息;所述第一反馈时间单元,为重复传输物理下行共享信道PDSCH的多个传输时间单元对应的至少两个反馈时间单元中的任一个;The transceiver is configured to receive the feedback information sent by the terminal on the first feedback time unit; the first feedback time unit is one of at least two feedback time units corresponding to multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH Any of
处理器,用于确定所述反馈信息至少为第一传输时间单元重复传输的所述PDSCH对应的反馈信息;所述第一传输时间单元,是所述第一反馈时间单元的反馈窗口中,重复传输所述PDSCH的最后一个传输时间单元。The processor is configured to determine that the feedback information is at least the feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH repeatedly transmitted by the first transmission time unit; the first transmission time unit is in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit, repeating The last transmission time unit of the PDSCH is transmitted.
在具体实现过程中,处理器可用于进行,例如但不限于,基带相关处理,收发器可用于进行,例如但不限于,射频收发。上述器件可以分别设置在彼此独立的芯片上,也可以至少部分的或者全部的设置在同一块芯片上。例如,处理器可以进一步划分为模拟基带处理器和数字基带处理器。其中,模拟基带处理器可以与收发器集成在同一块芯片上,数字基带处理器可以设置在独立的芯片上。随着集成电路技术的不断发展,可以在同一块芯片上集成的器件越来越多,例如,数字基带处理器可以与多种应用处理器(例如但不限于图形处理器,多媒体处理器等)集成在同一块芯片之上。这样的芯片可以称为系统芯片(System on Chip)。将各个器件独立设置在不同的芯片上,还是整合设置在一个或者多个芯片上,往往取决于产品设计的具体需要。本发明实施例对上述器件的具体实现形式不做限定。In a specific implementation process, the processor can be used to perform, for example, but not limited to, baseband related processing, and the transceiver can be used to perform, for example, but not limited to, radio frequency transceiving. The above-mentioned devices may be respectively arranged on independent chips, or at least partly or fully arranged on the same chip. For example, the processor can be further divided into an analog baseband processor and a digital baseband processor. Among them, the analog baseband processor can be integrated with the transceiver on the same chip, and the digital baseband processor can be set on a separate chip. With the continuous development of integrated circuit technology, more and more devices can be integrated on the same chip. For example, a digital baseband processor can be combined with a variety of application processors (such as but not limited to graphics processors, multimedia processors, etc.) Integrated on the same chip. Such a chip can be called a system chip (System on Chip). Whether each device is independently arranged on different chips or integrated on one or more chips often depends on the specific needs of product design. The embodiment of the present invention does not limit the specific implementation form of the foregoing device.
第十方面,本申请还提供一种处理器,用于执行上述各种方法。在执行这些方法的过程中,上述方法中有关发送上述信息和接收上述信息的过程,可以理解为由处理器输出上述信息的过程,以及处理器接收输入的上述信息过程。具体来说,在输出上述信息时,处理器将该上述信息输出给收发器,以便由收发器进行发射。更进一步的,该上述信息在由处理器输出之后,还可能需要进行其他的处理,然后才到达收发器。类似的,处理器接收输入的上述信息时,收发器接收该上述信息,并将其输入处理器。更进一步的,在收发器收到该上述信息之后,该上述信息可能需要进行其他的处理,然后才输入处理器。In a tenth aspect, the present application also provides a processor for executing the above-mentioned various methods. In the process of executing these methods, the processes of sending and receiving the information in the foregoing methods can be understood as the process of outputting the foregoing information by the processor and the process of receiving the input of the foregoing information by the processor. Specifically, when outputting the above-mentioned information, the processor outputs the above-mentioned information to the transceiver for transmission by the transceiver. Furthermore, after the above-mentioned information is output by the processor, other processing may be required before it reaches the transceiver. Similarly, when the processor receives the aforementioned information input, the transceiver receives the aforementioned information and inputs it into the processor. Furthermore, after the transceiver receives the above-mentioned information, the above-mentioned information may need to undergo other processing before being input to the processor.
基于上述原理,举例来说,前述方法中提及的发送反馈信息可以理解为处理器发送输出的反馈信息。又例如,接收反馈信息可以理解为处理器接收反馈信息。Based on the foregoing principle, for example, the sending feedback information mentioned in the foregoing method can be understood as the feedback information sent and output by the processor. For another example, receiving feedback information can be understood as the processor receiving feedback information.
如此一来,对于处理器所涉及的发射、发送和接收等操作,如果没有特殊说明,或者,如果未与其在相关描述中的实际作用或者内在逻辑相抵触,则均可以更加一般性的理解为处理器输出和接收、输入等操作,而不是直接由射频电路和天线所进行的发射、发送和接收操作。In this way, if there are no special instructions for the transmitting, sending and receiving operations involved in the processor, or if it does not conflict with the actual function or internal logic in the relevant description, it can be understood as a more general The processor outputs and receives, inputs and other operations, instead of transmitting, sending and receiving directly by the radio frequency circuit and antenna.
在具体实现过程中,上述处理器可以是专门用于执行这些方法的处理器,也可以是执行存储器中的计算机指令来执行这些方法的处理器,例如通用处理器。上述存储器可以为非瞬时性(non-transitory)存储器,例如只读存储器(Read Only Memory,ROM),其可以与处理器集成在同一块芯片上,也可以分别设置在不同的芯片上,本发明实施例对存储器的类型以及存储器与处理器的设置方式不做限定。In a specific implementation process, the foregoing processor may be a processor dedicated to executing these methods, or a processor that executes computer instructions in a memory to execute these methods, such as a general-purpose processor. The above-mentioned memory may be a non-transitory (non-transitory) memory, such as a read only memory (Read Only Memory, ROM), which can be integrated with the processor on the same chip, or can be set on different chips. The embodiment does not limit the type of the memory and the setting mode of the memory and the processor.
第十一方面,本申请还提供了一种通信系统,该系统包括上述方面的至少一个终端、至少一个网络设备。在另一种可能的设计中,该系统还可以包括本申请提供的方案中与终端或网络设备进行交互的其他设备。In an eleventh aspect, this application also provides a communication system, which includes at least one terminal and at least one network device according to the above aspects. In another possible design, the system may also include other devices that interact with terminals or network devices in the solution provided in this application.
第十二方面,本发明实施例提供了一种计算机存储介质,用于储存为上述终端所用的计算机软件指令,其包括用于执行上述方法的第一方面至第六方面任一方面所涉及的程序。In a twelfth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a computer storage medium for storing computer software instructions used by the above-mentioned terminal, which includes instructions for executing any one of the first to sixth aspects of the above-mentioned method. program.
第十三方面,本发明实施例提供了一种计算机存储介质,用于储存为上述网络设备所用的计算机软件指令,其包括用于执行上述方法的第二方面或第七方面所涉及的程序。In the thirteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a computer storage medium for storing computer software instructions used by the above-mentioned network device, which includes a program for executing the second or seventh aspect of the above method.
第十四方面,本申请还提供了一种包括指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行 时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第六方面任一方面所述的方法。In a fourteenth aspect, this application also provides a computer program product including instructions, which when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method described in any one of the first to sixth aspects.
第十五方面,本申请还提供了一种包括指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第二方面或第七方面所述的方法。In the fifteenth aspect, this application also provides a computer program product including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the method described in the second or seventh aspect.
第十六方面,本申请还提供了一种包括指令的计算机程序,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第二方面或第七方面所述的方法。In a sixteenth aspect, this application also provides a computer program including instructions, which when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method described in the second or seventh aspect.
第十七方面,本申请提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器和接口,用于支持终端实现第一方面至第六方面任一方面所涉及的功能,例如,确定或处理上述方法中所涉及的数据和信息中的至少一种。在一种可能的设计中,所述芯片系统还包括存储器,所述存储器,用于保存网络设备必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片系统,可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。In a seventeenth aspect, the present application provides a chip system, which includes a processor and an interface, and is used to support the terminal to implement the functions involved in any aspect of the first to sixth aspects, for example, to determine or process the above method At least one of the data and information involved in. In a possible design, the chip system further includes a memory, and the memory is used to store necessary program instructions and data of the network device. The chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
第十八方面,本申请提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器和接口,用于支持网络设备实现第二方面或第七方面所涉及的功能,例如,确定或处理上述方法中所涉及的数据和信息中的至少一种。在一种可能的设计中,所述芯片系统还包括存储器,所述存储器,用于保存网络设备必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片系统,可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。In an eighteenth aspect, the present application provides a chip system, which includes a processor and an interface, and is used to support a network device to implement the functions involved in the second or seventh aspect, for example, to determine or process the above-mentioned methods. At least one of the data and information involved. In a possible design, the chip system further includes a memory, and the memory is used to store necessary program instructions and data of the network device. The chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1是本申请实施例涉及的一种V2X系统的示例图;FIG. 1 is an example diagram of a V2X system related to an embodiment of the present application;
图2是本申请实施例涉及的一种无线通信系统的示例图;FIG. 2 is an example diagram of a wireless communication system related to an embodiment of the present application;
图3是本申请实施例涉及的半静态HARQ-ACK码本中HARQ-ACK信息反馈的示例图;FIG. 3 is an example diagram of HARQ-ACK information feedback in the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook involved in an embodiment of the present application;
图4是本申请实施例涉及的各时域资源分配方式对应的PDSCH接收时机的一示例图;FIG. 4 is an example diagram of PDSCH reception timing corresponding to each time domain resource allocation method involved in an embodiment of the present application;
图5是本申请实施例涉及的各时域资源分配方式对应的PDSCH接收时机的另一示例图;FIG. 5 is another example diagram of PDSCH reception timing corresponding to each time domain resource allocation method involved in an embodiment of the present application;
图6是本申请实施例提供的动态HARQ-ACK码本中HARQ-ACK信息反馈的一示例图;FIG. 6 is an example diagram of HARQ-ACK information feedback in a dynamic HARQ-ACK codebook provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请实施例提供的重复传输PDSCH的一示例图;FIG. 7 is an example diagram of repeated PDSCH transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8是本申请实施例提供的重复传输PDSCH的另一示例图;FIG. 8 is another example diagram of repeated PDSCH transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9是目前所提供的半静态HARQ-ACK码本中重复传输PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息反馈的一示例图;FIG. 9 is an example diagram of HARQ-ACK information feedback for repeated PDSCH transmission in the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook currently provided;
图10是本申请实施例涉及的PDSCH传输、PDSCH接收时机以及反馈信息字段三者之间对应关系的一种示例图;FIG. 10 is an example diagram of the correspondence between PDSCH transmission, PDSCH reception timing, and feedback information fields involved in an embodiment of the present application;
图11是目前所提供的半静态HARQ-ACK码本中重复传输PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息反馈的另一示例图;FIG. 11 is another example diagram of HARQ-ACK information feedback for repeated transmission of PDSCH in the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook currently provided;
图12是目前所提供的动态HARQ-ACK码本中重复传输PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息反馈的又一示例图;FIG. 12 is another example diagram of HARQ-ACK information feedback for repeated transmission of PDSCH in the dynamic HARQ-ACK codebook currently provided;
图13是本申请实施例提供的一种反馈信息处理方法的流程示意图;FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of a feedback information processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图14是本申请实施例提供的重复传输PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息反馈的一示例图;FIG. 14 is an exemplary diagram of HARQ-ACK information feedback for repeated PDSCH transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图15是本申请实施例提供的重复传输PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息反馈的一示例图;FIG. 15 is an example diagram of HARQ-ACK information feedback for repeated PDSCH transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图16是本申请实施例提供的另一种反馈信息处理方法的流程示意图;16 is a schematic flowchart of another feedback information processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图17是本申请实施例提供的重复传输PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息反馈的另一示例图;FIG. 17 is another example diagram of HARQ-ACK information feedback for repeated PDSCH transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图18为本申请实施例提供的又一种反馈信息处理方法的流程示意图;18 is a schematic flowchart of yet another feedback information processing method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图19为本申请实施例提供的重复传输PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息反馈的又一示例图;FIG. 19 is another example diagram of HARQ-ACK information feedback for repeated PDSCH transmission provided by an embodiment of this application;
图20为本申请实施例提供的又一种反馈信息处理方法的流程示意图;20 is a schematic flowchart of yet another feedback information processing method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图21为本申请实施例提供的重复传输PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息反馈的又一示例图;FIG. 21 is another example diagram of HARQ-ACK information feedback for repeated PDSCH transmission provided by an embodiment of this application;
图22为本申请实施例提供的重复传输PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息反馈的又一示例图;FIG. 22 is another example diagram of HARQ-ACK information feedback for repeated PDSCH transmission provided by an embodiment of this application;
图23是本申请实施例提供的一种PDSCH接收时机确定方法的流程示意图;FIG. 23 is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining a PDSCH reception timing provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图24是本申请实施例提供的一次PDSCH传输的时域资源分配方式的一种示例图;FIG. 24 is an example diagram of a time domain resource allocation manner for a PDSCH transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图25是本申请实施例提供的多次PDSCH传输的时域资源分配方式的一种示例图;FIG. 25 is an exemplary diagram of a time domain resource allocation manner for multiple PDSCH transmissions provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图26是本申请实施例提供的各时域资源分配方式对应的PDSCH接收时机的一示例图;FIG. 26 is an example diagram of PDSCH reception timing corresponding to each time domain resource allocation method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图27为本申请实施例提供的重复传输PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息反馈的又一示例图;FIG. 27 is another example diagram of HARQ-ACK information feedback for repeated PDSCH transmission provided by an embodiment of this application;
图28为本申请实施例提供的一种反馈时间单元确定方法的示例图;FIG. 28 is an exemplary diagram of a method for determining a feedback time unit provided by an embodiment of the application;
图29为本申请实施例提供的一种反馈时间单元确定方法的一示例图;FIG. 29 is an example diagram of a method for determining a feedback time unit provided by an embodiment of this application;
图30为本申请实施例提供的一种反馈时间单元确定方法的另一示例图;FIG. 30 is another example diagram of a method for determining a feedback time unit provided by an embodiment of this application;
图31为本申请实施例提供的一种反馈时间单元确定方法的又一示例图;FIG. 31 is another example diagram of a method for determining a feedback time unit provided by an embodiment of this application;
图32为本申请实施例提供的一种终端的结构示意图;FIG. 32 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal provided by an embodiment of this application;
图33为本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图。FIG. 33 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solution in this application will be described below in conjunction with the drawings.
本申请的技术方案可具体应用于各种通信系统中。例如,随着通信技术的不断发展,本申请的技术方案还可用于未来网络,如5G系统,也可以称为新空口(new radio,NR)系统,或者可用于设备到设备(device to device,D2D)系统,机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)系统等等。The technical solution of the present application can be specifically applied to various communication systems. For example, with the continuous development of communication technology, the technical solution of this application can also be used in future networks, such as 5G systems, also called new radio (NR) systems, or can be used in device to device (device to device, D2D) system, machine to machine (M2M) system and so on.
在第三代合作伙伴计划(the 3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)中,车与任何事物通信的车联网(vehicle to everything,V2X)技术(X代表任何事物)被提出。V2X系统中的通信方式统称为V2X通信。例如,该V2X通信包括:车辆与车辆(vehicle to vehicle,V2V)之间的通信,车辆与路边基础设施(vehicle to infrastructure,V2I)之间的通信、车辆与行人之间的通信(vehicle to pedestrian,V2P)或车辆与网络(vehicle to network,V2N)之间的通信等。V2X系统中所涉及的终端设备之间进行的通信被广泛称为侧行链路(slidelink,SL)通信。本申请的技术方案还可应用到车联网中,也就是说,本申请所述的终端也可以为车辆或应用于车辆中的车辆组件。In the third generation partnership project (the 3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP), the vehicle to everything (V2X) technology (X stands for anything) that communicate with everything is proposed. The communication methods in the V2X system are collectively referred to as V2X communication. For example, the V2X communication includes: vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) communication, vehicle to roadside infrastructure (vehicle to infrastructure, V2I) communication, vehicle to pedestrian communication (vehicle to vehicle, V2V) pedestrian, V2P) or vehicle-to-network (V2N) communication, etc. The communication between the terminal devices involved in the V2X system is widely referred to as slide link (SL) communication. The technical solution of the present application may also be applied to the Internet of Vehicles, that is, the terminal described in the present application may also be a vehicle or a vehicle component applied to a vehicle.
目前,车辆或车辆组件可以通过V2V、V2I、V2P或者V2N通信方式,及时获取路况信息或接收服务信息,这些通信方式可以统称为V2X通信。图1是现有技术中的V2X系统的示意图。该示意图包括V2V通信、V2P通信以及V2I/N通信。V2X通信针对以车辆为代表的高速设备,是未来对通信时延要求非常高的场景下应用的基础技术和关键技术,如智能汽车、自动驾驶、智能交通运输系统等场景。At present, vehicles or vehicle components can obtain road condition information or receive service information in time through V2V, V2I, V2P, or V2N communication methods. These communication methods can be collectively referred to as V2X communication. Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a V2X system in the prior art. The diagram includes V2V communication, V2P communication, and V2I/N communication. V2X communication is aimed at high-speed devices represented by vehicles. It is the basic technology and key technology applied in scenarios with very high communication delay requirements in the future, such as smart cars, autonomous driving, and intelligent transportation systems.
如图1所示,车辆或车辆组件之间通过V2V通信。车辆或车辆组件可以将自身的车速、行驶方向、具体位置、是否踩了紧急刹车等信息广播给周围车辆,周围车辆的驾驶员通过 获取该类信息,可以更好的感知视距外的交通状况,从而对危险状况做出提前预判进而做出避让;车辆或车辆组件与路侧基础设施通过V2I通信,路边基础设施,可以为车辆或车辆组件提供各类服务信息和数据网络的接入。其中,不停车收费、车内娱乐等功能都极大的提高了交通智能化。路边基础设施,例如,路侧单元(road side unit,RSU)包括两种类型:一种是终端设备类型的RSU。由于RSU分布在路边,该终端设备类型的RSU处于非移动状态,不需要考虑移动性;另一种是网络设备类型的RSU。该网络设备类型的RSU可以给与网络设备通信的车辆或车辆组件提供定时同步及资源调度。车辆或车辆组件与人通过V2P通信;车辆或车辆组件与网络通过V2N通信,V2N可以与上述的V2I统称为V2I/N。As shown in Figure 1, vehicles or vehicle components communicate through V2V. Vehicles or vehicle components can broadcast their own speed, driving direction, specific location, whether emergency brakes are stepped on, and other information to surrounding vehicles. By obtaining this type of information, drivers of surrounding vehicles can better perceive traffic conditions outside the line of sight , So as to make advance judgments of dangerous situations and make avoidance; vehicles or vehicle components communicate with roadside infrastructure through V2I, and roadside infrastructure can provide various types of service information and data network access for vehicles or vehicle components . Among them, non-stop charging, in-car entertainment and other functions have greatly improved traffic intelligence. Roadside infrastructure, for example, roadside unit (RSU) includes two types: one is a terminal device type RSU. Since the RSU is distributed on the roadside, the RSU of this terminal equipment type is in a non-mobile state, and there is no need to consider mobility; the other is the RSU of the network equipment type. The RSU of this network device type can provide timing synchronization and resource scheduling for vehicles or vehicle components communicating with network devices. Vehicles or vehicle components communicate with people through V2P; vehicles or vehicle components communicate with the network through V2N. V2N and the aforementioned V2I can be collectively referred to as V2I/N.
其中,本申请实施例描述的网络架构以及业务场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定,本领域普通技术人员可知,随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题,同样适用。Among them, the network architecture and business scenarios described in the embodiments of this application are intended to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application, and do not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of this application. Those of ordinary skill in the art will know that With the evolution of the network architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are equally applicable to similar technical problems.
本申请实施例涉及到的网络设备包括基站(base station,BS),可以是一种部署在无线接入网中能够和终端进行无线通信的设备。其中,基站可能有多种形式,比如宏基站、微基站、中继站和接入点等。示例性地,本申请实施例涉及到的基站可以是5G中的基站或LTE中的基站,其中,5G中的基站还可以称为传输接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)。本申请实施例中,用于实现网络设备的功能的装置可以是网络设备;也可以是能够支持网络设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统,该装置可以被安装在网络设备中。在本申请实施例提供的技术方案中,以用于实现网络设备的功能的装置是网络设备,以网络设备是基站为例,描述本申请实施例提供的技术方案。The network equipment involved in the embodiments of the present application includes a base station (base station, BS), which may be a device that is deployed in a wireless access network and can communicate with a terminal wirelessly. Among them, the base station may have many forms, such as macro base stations, micro base stations, relay stations, and access points. Exemplarily, the base station involved in the embodiment of the present application may be a base station in 5G or a base station in LTE, where the base station in 5G may also be called a transmission reception point (TRP). In the embodiments of the present application, the device used to implement the function of the network device may be a network device; it may also be a device capable of supporting the network device to implement the function, such as a chip system, and the device may be installed in the network device. In the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application, the device used to implement the functions of the network equipment is the network equipment, and the network equipment is a base station as an example to describe the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application.
其中,本申请实施例中部分场景以无线通信网络中NR网络的场景为例进行说明,应当指出的是,本申请实施例中的方案还可以应用于其他无线通信网络中,相应的名称也可以用其他无线通信网络中的对应功能的名称进行替代。Among them, some scenarios in the embodiments of this application are described by taking the scenario of an NR network in a wireless communication network as an example. It should be noted that the solutions in the embodiments of this application can also be applied to other wireless communication networks, and the corresponding names can also be used. Replace with the names of corresponding functions in other wireless communication networks.
以下,本申请实施例将围绕包括多个设备、组件、模块等的系统来呈现本申请的各个方面、实施例或特征。应当理解和明白的是,各个系统可以包括另外的设备、组件、模块等,并且/或者可以并不包括结合附图讨论的所有设备、组件、模块等。此外,还可以使用这些方案的组合。Hereinafter, the embodiments of the present application will present various aspects, embodiments, or features of the present application around a system including multiple devices, components, modules, etc. It should be understood and understood that each system may include additional devices, components, modules, etc., and/or may not include all the devices, components, modules, etc. discussed in conjunction with the drawings. In addition, a combination of these solutions can also be used.
另外,在本申请实施例中,“示例的”一词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请中被描述为“示例”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其它实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言,使用示例的一词旨在以具体方式呈现概念。In addition, in the embodiments of the present application, the term "exemplary" is used to indicate an example, illustration, or illustration. Any embodiment or design solution described as an "example" in this application should not be construed as being more preferable or advantageous than other embodiments or design solutions. Rather, the term example is used to present the concept in a concrete way.
本申请实施例中,“的(of)”,“相应的(relevant)”和“对应的(corresponding)”有时可以混用,应当指出的是,在不强调其区别时,其所要表达的含义是一致的。本申请实施例中,至少一个还可以描述为一个或多个,多个可以是两个、三个、四个或者更多个,本申请不做限制。在本申请实施例中,对于一种技术特征,通过“第一”、“第二”、“第三”、“A”、“B”、“C”和“D”等区分该种技术特征中的技术特征,该“第一”、“第二”、“第三”、“A”、“B”、“C”和“D”描述的技术特征间无先后顺序或者大小顺序。In the examples of this application, "of", "relevant" and "corresponding" can sometimes be used together. It should be pointed out that when the difference is not emphasized, the meaning is Consistent. In the embodiments of the present application, at least one may also be described as one or more, and the multiple may be two, three, four or more, which is not limited in the present application. In the embodiments of this application, for a technical feature, the technical feature is distinguished by "first", "second", "third", "A", "B", "C", and "D". The technical features in the "first", "second", "third", "A", "B", "C" and "D" describe the technical features in no order or size order.
请参阅图2,图2是本申请实施例提供的一种无线通信系统的示意图,如图2所示,无线通信系统可包括:多个网络设备(例如TRP),一个或多个终端。其中:网络设备可用 于在网络设备控制器(未示出)的控制下,通过无线接口与终端通信。在一些实施例中,所述网络设备控制器可以是核心网的一部分,也可以集成到网络设备中。具体的,网络设备可用于通过回程(backhaul)接口向核心网传输控制信息或者用户数据。具体的,TRP1与TRP2之间也可以通过回程(backhaul)接口,直接地或者间接地,相互通信。另外,多个网络设备可以调度同一个终端,即多站传输场景。比如,多个网络设备调度同一个终端,实现时域上的重复传输。Please refer to FIG. 2. FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 2, the wireless communication system may include: multiple network devices (for example, TRP), and one or more terminals. Among them: the network device can be used to communicate with the terminal through a wireless interface under the control of a network device controller (not shown). In some embodiments, the network device controller may be a part of the core network, or may be integrated into the network device. Specifically, the network device may be used to transmit control information or user data to the core network through a backhaul interface. Specifically, TRP1 and TRP2 may also communicate with each other directly or indirectly through a backhaul (backhaul) interface. In addition, multiple network devices can schedule the same terminal, that is, a multi-station transmission scenario. For example, multiple network devices schedule the same terminal to realize repeated transmission in the time domain.
为便于理解,下面先对本文涉及的相关术语进行简单的介绍。To facilitate understanding, the following briefly introduces the related terms involved in this article.
1、反馈信息1. Feedback
其中,本申请中,反馈信息为混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request,HARQ)-确定反馈(ACK)信息。HARQ-ACK信息是为了丢失或出错的数据能进行快速重传。比如,终端接收完物理下行共享信道(physical downlink share channel,PDSCH)传输后,会确定该PDSCH传输的HARQ-ACK信息,如确定反馈ACK信息/否定反馈NACK信息,并向基站发送该HARQ-ACK信息,以使基站确定是否需要重传该PDSCH。Among them, in this application, the feedback information is hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ)-determined feedback (ACK) information. HARQ-ACK information is for fast retransmission of lost or erroneous data. For example, after receiving the physical downlink share channel (PDSCH) transmission, the terminal will determine the HARQ-ACK information transmitted by the PDSCH, such as determining to feed back ACK information/negatively feed back NACK information, and send the HARQ-ACK to the base station Information to enable the base station to determine whether the PDSCH needs to be retransmitted.
2、下行时间单元、上行时间单元2. Downlink time unit, uplink time unit
时间单元可以是一个或多个无线帧,一个或多个子帧,一个或多个时隙,一个或多个微时隙(mini slot),一个或多个正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing,OFDM)符号、离散傅里叶变换扩频的正交频分复用(discrete fourier transform spread spectrum orthogonal frequency division multiplexing,DFT-S-OFDM)符号等,也可以是多个帧或子帧构成的时间窗口,例如系统信息(system information,SI)窗口。例如,一次PDSCH传输所占的时域资源为一个或多个OFDM符号,或者为一个或多个DFT-S-OFDM符号,或者为一个或多个微时隙。其中,一个微时隙可以包括多个OFDM符号或DFT-S-OFDM符号。The time unit can be one or more radio frames, one or more subframes, one or more time slots, one or more mini slots, one or more orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (orthogonal frequency division). Multiplexing, OFDM) symbols, discrete Fourier transform spread spectrum orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (discrete fourier transform spread spectrum orthogonal frequency division multiplexing, DFT-S-OFDM) symbols, etc., can also be composed of multiple frames or subframes Time window, such as the system information (SI) window. For example, the time domain resources occupied by one PDSCH transmission are one or more OFDM symbols, or one or more DFT-S-OFDM symbols, or one or more mini-slots. Among them, one mini-slot may include multiple OFDM symbols or DFT-S-OFDM symbols.
其中,上行传输所在的时间单元或者包含上行传输资源的时间单元,可以称为上行时间单元;例如,上行时隙。下行传输所在的时间单元或者包含下行传输所在的时间单元,可以称为下行时间单元;例如,下行时隙。Among them, the time unit where the uplink transmission is located or the time unit containing the uplink transmission resource may be referred to as the uplink time unit; for example, the uplink time slot. The time unit where the downlink transmission is located or includes the time unit where the downlink transmission is located may be referred to as a downlink time unit; for example, a downlink time slot.
3、半静态HARQ-ACK码本3. Semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook
根据反馈时间单元上承载的HARQ-ACK信息的比特数是否与数据调度的实际情况相关,可具有半静态HARQ-ACK码本和动态HARQ-ACK码本之分。相应的,终端可依据HARQ-ACK码本被配置的为半静态HARQ-ACK码本,还是动态HARQ-ACK码本,采用不同的方法来确定下行时间单元与上行时间单元之间的对应关系。According to whether the number of HARQ-ACK information bits carried on the feedback time unit is related to the actual situation of data scheduling, there may be a semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook and a dynamic HARQ-ACK codebook. Correspondingly, the terminal can use different methods to determine the correspondence between the downlink time unit and the uplink time unit according to whether the HARQ-ACK codebook is configured as a semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook or a dynamic HARQ-ACK codebook.
半静态HARQ-ACK码本是指HARQ-ACK码本的大小不随着数据调度的实际情况的改变而改变。也就是说,半静态HARQ-ACK码本中,HARQ-ACK码本的大小是根据预定义或无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)配置的参数来确定的。The semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook means that the size of the HARQ-ACK codebook does not change with the actual situation of data scheduling. That is to say, in the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook, the size of the HARQ-ACK codebook is determined according to predefined or radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) configuration parameters.
半静态HARQ-ACK码本中,需要针对某个上行时间单元计算PDSCH接收时机集合,基于该PDSCH接收时机集合确定该上行时间单元要上报的HARQ-ACK码本。其中,该上行时间单元对应的PDSCH接收时机集合,为该上行时间单元对应的各下行时间单元的PDSCH接收时机集合的并集。In the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook, it is necessary to calculate the PDSCH reception timing set for a certain uplink time unit, and determine the HARQ-ACK codebook to be reported by the uplink time unit based on the PDSCH reception timing set. Wherein, the PDSCH reception timing set corresponding to the uplink time unit is the union of the PDSCH reception timing sets of each downlink time unit corresponding to the uplink time unit.
以下,针对半静态HARQ-ACK码本,阐述如何确定某一上行时间单元对应的PDSCH接收时机集合。In the following, for the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook, how to determine the PDSCH reception timing set corresponding to a certain uplink time unit is explained.
首先,根据预定义或RRC配置的反馈时序集合K 1{k 0,k 1,k 2,...,k M-1},确定该上行时间单元对应的各下行时间单元。M为大于等于1的整数。 First, according to a predefined or RRC configured feedback timing set K 1 {k 0 , k 1 , k 2 ,..., k M-1 }, each downlink time unit corresponding to the uplink time unit is determined. M is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
其中,上下行子载波间隔不同,上行时间单元所占的时域长度与下行时间单元所占的时域长度也不同,因此,基于反馈时序集合,确定上行时间单元与下行时间单元之间的对应关系时,还需要根据上下行子载波间隔换算得到,此为本领域技术人员所熟知的,在此不再赘述。Among them, the uplink and downlink subcarrier intervals are different, and the time domain length occupied by the uplink time unit and the time domain length occupied by the downlink time unit are also different. Therefore, based on the feedback timing set, the correspondence between the uplink time unit and the downlink time unit is determined When the relationship is related, it also needs to be converted according to the uplink and downlink sub-carrier spacing, which is well known to those skilled in the art and will not be repeated here.
例如,假设反馈时序集合为K 1{k 0=3,k 1=4},且上下行子载波间隔相同,上行时间单元和下行时间单元均以时隙为例。如图3所示,时隙4、6为上行时隙。上行时隙4对应的下行时隙是以上行时隙4为基准,分别向前数的第k 0(即3个),k 1(即4个)个时隙为:下行时隙1、下行时隙0。相应的,上行时隙6对应的下行时隙是以上行时隙6为基准,分别向前数的第k 0(3),k 1(4)个时隙,为下行时隙3、下行时隙2。 For example, assuming that the feedback timing set is K 1 {k 0 =3, k 1 =4}, and the uplink and downlink subcarrier intervals are the same, the uplink time unit and the downlink time unit are both time slots as examples. As shown in Figure 3, time slots 4 and 6 are uplink time slots. The downlink time slot corresponding to the uplink time slot 4 is based on the uplink time slot 4, and the k 0 (ie 3) and k 1 (ie 4) time slots counted forward are: downlink time slot 1, downlink Time slot 0. Correspondingly, the downlink time slot corresponding to uplink time slot 6 is based on uplink time slot 6, and the k 0 (3) and k 1 (4)th time slots counted forward respectively are the downlink time slot 3 and the downlink time slot. Gap 2.
其次,根据无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)配置的PDSCH时域资源分配方式列表以及每个下行时间单元的上下行配比参数,确定该上行时间单元对应的每个下行时间单元的PDSCH接收时机集合。Secondly, according to the list of PDSCH time domain resource allocation methods configured by radio resource control (RRC) and the uplink and downlink ratio parameters of each downlink time unit, determine the PDSCH reception of each downlink time unit corresponding to the uplink time unit Time collection.
在一种可选的实施方式中,针对每个下行时间单元,基于该下行时间单元对应的各时域资源分配方式的最后一个符号是否最早以及各时域资源分配方式之间是否存在时域资源的重叠,确定该下行时间单元对应的PDSCH接收时机集合。其中,时域资源分配方式是能够用于下行数据传输的,或者没有包含被配置为上行传输资源的时域资源分配方式。比如,可从PDSCH时域资源分配方式列表中删除某个符号被配置为上行符号的时域资源分配方式,剩余的时域资源分配方式就为能够用于下行数据传输的时域资源分配方式。In an optional implementation manner, for each downlink time unit, whether the last symbol of each time domain resource allocation method corresponding to the downlink time unit is the earliest and whether there are time domain resources among the time domain resource allocation methods To determine the PDSCH reception timing set corresponding to the downlink time unit. Among them, the time domain resource allocation method can be used for downlink data transmission, or does not include a time domain resource allocation method configured as an uplink transmission resource. For example, a time-domain resource allocation method in which a symbol is configured as an uplink symbol can be deleted from the PDSCH time-domain resource allocation method list, and the remaining time-domain resource allocation method is a time-domain resource allocation method that can be used for downlink data transmission.
假设根据无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)参数中PDSCH时域资源分配列表和上下行配比参数,确定一个下行时间单元具有可选的N种时域资源分配方式,从中选择能够用于下行数据传输的N 1种时域资源分配方式。 Suppose that according to the PDSCH time domain resource allocation list and uplink-downlink configuration parameters in the radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) parameters, it is determined that a downlink time unit has optional N time domain resource allocation methods, and the selection can be used for downlink N 1 time domain resource allocation methods for data transmission.
其中,N为大于或等于1的整数;当N 1为大于0的整数,执行下方(2)或(3)的相关内容;当N 1等于0,说明该下行时间单元没有PDSCH接收时机。 Where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1; when N 1 is an integer greater than 0, perform the relevant content of (2) or (3) below; when N 1 is equal to 0, it means that there is no PDSCH receiving opportunity for this downlink time unit.
当终端的能力支持该下行时间单元中具有多次PDSCH传输,则通过以下步骤确定传输时间单元对应的PDSCH接收时机;When the terminal's capability supports multiple PDSCH transmissions in the downlink time unit, the following steps are used to determine the PDSCH reception timing corresponding to the transmission time unit;
(1)从该N 1种时域资源分配方式中,选择最后一个符号最早的N 2种时域资源分配方式;其中,N 2为大于或等于1,且小于或等于所述N 1的整数。 (1) From the N 1 time domain resource allocation methods, select N 2 time domain resource allocation methods with the earliest last symbol; where N 2 is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to the N 1 .
本文所述的“最后一个符号最早的时域资源分配方式”,是指该时域资源分配方式对应的时域资源的最后一个符号,在时域资源上所在的位置是最靠前的;或者是指该时域资源分配方式对应的时域资源的最后一个符号的索引的值是最小的。The "allocation method of time domain resources with the earliest last symbol" mentioned in this article refers to the last symbol of the time domain resource corresponding to the time domain resource allocation method, and the position on the time domain resource is the first; or It means that the index value of the last symbol of the time domain resource corresponding to the time domain resource allocation method is the smallest.
(2)确定该N 2种时域资源分配方式,以及N 1种时域资源分配方式中与该N 2种时域资源分配方式具有时域重叠的N 3种时域资源分配方式,对应同一PDSCH接收时机。 (2) Determine the N 2 time domain resource allocation methods, and N 3 time domain resource allocation methods that have time domain overlap with the N 2 time domain resource allocation methods among the N 1 time domain resource allocation methods, corresponding to the same PDSCH reception timing.
其中,N 3为大于或等于0,且小于所述N 1的整数。 Wherein, N 3 is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than N 1 .
(3)从该N 1种时域资源分配方式中删除上述N 2种和N 3种资源分配方式,得到剩余 的N 4种时域资源分配方式; (3) Delete the above N 2 and N 3 resource allocation methods from the N 1 time domain resource allocation methods, and obtain the remaining N 4 time domain resource allocation methods;
(4)针对剩余的N 4种时域资源分配方式,再次执行步骤(1)至(3),直至该N 1种时域资源分配方式为空,即该N 1种时域资源分配方式均具有对应的PDSCH接收时机。 (4) For the remaining N 4 time-domain resource allocation methods, perform steps (1) to (3) again until the N 1 time-domain resource allocation methods are empty, that is, the N 1 time-domain resource allocation methods are all Have the corresponding PDSCH reception timing.
其中,N 4为大于或等于0,且小于所述N 1的整数。 Wherein, N 4 is an integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than N 1 .
例如,如图4所示,假设一下行时隙具有6种能够用于下行数据传输的时域资源分配方式;以及终端支持一个时间单元上具有多次PDSCH传输。基于上述(1),该6种时域资源分配方式中,最后一个符号最早的时域资源分配方式为时域资源分配方式4;基于上述(2),与该时域资源分配方式4具有时域资源重叠的时域资源分配方式分别有时域资源分配方式0、1、2;确定时域资源分配方式4、0、1、2对应PDSCH接收时机1;基于步骤(3),从该6种时域资源分配方式中删除该4种时域资源分配方式后,剩余的时域资源分配方式分别为:时域资源分配方式3、5。针对剩余的时域资源分配方式,再次执行步骤(1)至(3),最后一个符号最早的时域资源分配方式为时域资源分配方式5;以及与该时域资源分配方式5具有时域资源重叠的是时域资源分配方式3;确定时域资源分配方式3、5对应PDSCH接收时机2;至此,该6种时域资源分配方式均具有对应的PDSCH接收时机,即该下行时隙的PDSCH接收时机集合包含PDSCH接收时机1和PDSCH接收时机2。For example, as shown in Figure 4, it is assumed that the downstream time slot has 6 time-domain resource allocation methods that can be used for downlink data transmission; and the terminal supports multiple PDSCH transmissions on one time unit. Based on the above (1), among the six time-domain resource allocation methods, the time-domain resource allocation method with the earliest last symbol is time-domain resource allocation method 4; based on the above-mentioned (2), the time-domain resource allocation method 4 has time Time-domain resource allocation methods with overlapping domain resources are time-domain resource allocation methods 0, 1, and 2; determine the time-domain resource allocation methods 4, 0, 1, and 2 corresponding to PDSCH reception timing 1; based on step (3), from the 6 After deleting the four time-domain resource allocation methods in the time-domain resource allocation method, the remaining time-domain resource allocation methods are: time-domain resource allocation methods 3 and 5. For the remaining time-domain resource allocation methods, perform steps (1) to (3) again. The earliest time-domain resource allocation method for the last symbol is time-domain resource allocation method 5; The resource overlap is time domain resource allocation method 3; determine the time domain resource allocation methods 3 and 5 corresponding to PDSCH receiving timing 2; so far, the six time domain resource allocation methods all have corresponding PDSCH receiving opportunities, that is, the downlink time slot The PDSCH reception timing set includes PDSCH reception timing 1 and PDSCH reception timing 2.
当终端的能力不支持一个时间单元中具有多次PDSCH传输,则将该N 1种时域资源分配方式标记为同一个PDSCH接收时机。 When the capability of the terminal does not support multiple PDSCH transmissions in one time unit, the N 1 time domain resource allocation methods are marked as the same PDSCH reception opportunity.
例如,如图5所示,该6种时域资源分配方式标记为PDSCH接收时机1,即该传输时间单元对应一个PDSCH接收时机1。For example, as shown in FIG. 5, the six time-domain resource allocation methods are marked as PDSCH reception opportunity 1, that is, the transmission time unit corresponds to a PDSCH reception opportunity 1.
该实施方式中,虽然存在时域资源重叠的多种时域资源分配方式被标记为同一个PDSCH接收时机,但由于目前不允许多个PDSCH传输在时域资源上有重叠,因此,一个PDSCH接收时机对应的一次PDSCH传输采用的时域资源分配方式是该多种时域资源分配方式中的一种。In this embodiment, although multiple time-domain resource allocation methods with overlapping time-domain resources are marked as the same PDSCH reception opportunity, because multiple PDSCH transmissions are currently not allowed to overlap in time-domain resources, one PDSCH reception The time domain resource allocation method adopted for one PDSCH transmission corresponding to the timing is one of the multiple time domain resource allocation methods.
针对上行时间单元的反馈窗口中的每个下行时间单元,均可以通过以上步骤,确定对应的PDSCH接收时机集合;每个下行时间单元对应的PDSCH接收时机集合的并集,就为该上行时间单元的PDSCH接收时机集合。For each downlink time unit in the feedback window of the uplink time unit, the corresponding PDSCH reception time set can be determined through the above steps; the union of the PDSCH reception time set corresponding to each downlink time unit is the uplink time unit A collection of PDSCH reception timings.
综上所述,半静态HARQ-ACK码本中,PDSCH接收时机对应一组时域资源,该组时域资源有可能接收到PDSCH。相应的,PDSCH传输对应的PDSCH接收时机,是指PDSCH传输所占的时域资源,是对应的PDSCH接收时机对应的一组时域资源的部分或全部。In summary, in the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook, the PDSCH reception timing corresponds to a group of time domain resources, and the group of time domain resources may receive the PDSCH. Correspondingly, the PDSCH reception timing corresponding to the PDSCH transmission refers to the time domain resources occupied by the PDSCH transmission, and is part or all of a group of time domain resources corresponding to the corresponding PDSCH reception timing.
上行时间单元中,每个PDSCH接收时机具有对应的反馈信息字段,用于指示该PDSCH接收时机对应的PDSCH传输的HARQ-ACK信息。其中,反馈信息字段为HARQ-ACK码本中的一个位置,该位置用于承载指示PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息的一个或多个比特。其中,该HARQ-ACK码本可在上行时间单元上发送。In the uplink time unit, each PDSCH receiving occasion has a corresponding feedback information field, which is used to indicate the HARQ-ACK information of the PDSCH transmission corresponding to the PDSCH receiving occasion. Wherein, the feedback information field is a position in the HARQ-ACK codebook, and the position is used to carry one or more bits indicating the HARQ-ACK information of the PDSCH. Among them, the HARQ-ACK codebook can be sent on the uplink time unit.
另外,上行时间单元中各PDSCH接收时机对应的反馈信息字段与各PDSCH接收时机的排列顺序相对应。也就是说,PDSCH接收时机的排列顺序越靠前,该PDSCH接收时机对应的反馈信息字段也越靠前。In addition, the feedback information field corresponding to each PDSCH receiving opportunity in the uplink time unit corresponds to the arrangement order of each PDSCH receiving opportunity. In other words, the higher the sequence of PDSCH reception opportunities, the higher the feedback information field corresponding to the PDSCH reception opportunities.
以下对一个传输时间单元传输的PDSCH分别对应的PDSCH接收时机之间如何排列;各传输时间单元分别传输的PDSCH对应的PDSCH接收时机如何排列;以及各小区分别传 输的PDSCH对应的PDSCH接收时机如何排列,等等,依次进行阐述。How to arrange the PDSCH receiving timings corresponding to the PDSCHs transmitted by a transmission time unit; how to arrange the PDSCH receiving timings corresponding to the PDSCHs transmitted by each transmission time unit; and how to arrange the PDSCH receiving timings corresponding to the PDSCHs transmitted by each cell , Etc., explain in turn.
同一个下行时间单元对应的多个PDSCH接收时机的排列顺序为:该下行时间单元中,上述步骤(1)至(4)中,PDSCH接收时机的确定顺序。The sequence of the multiple PDSCH reception opportunities corresponding to the same downlink time unit is: in the downlink time unit, the sequence of determining the PDSCH reception opportunities in the above steps (1) to (4).
如图4所示,PDSCH接收时机的确定顺序为:PDSCH接收时机1,PDSCH接收时机2,则上行时间单元上,PDSCH接收时机1对应的反馈信息字段在PDSCH接收时机2对应的反馈信息字段之前。As shown in Figure 4, the order of determining the PDSCH receiving timing is: PDSCH receiving timing 1, PDSCH receiving timing 2, then in the uplink time unit, the feedback information field corresponding to PDSCH receiving timing 1 is before the feedback information field corresponding to PDSCH receiving timing 2. .
同一传输时间单元中,PDSCH接收时机的排列顺序为:PDSCH接收时机对应的时域资源分配方式被标记为PDSCH接收时机的标记顺序。In the same transmission time unit, the sequence of PDSCH reception opportunities is: the time domain resource allocation mode corresponding to the PDSCH reception opportunities is marked as the marking sequence of the PDSCH reception opportunities.
不同传输时间单元之间,PDSCH接收时机的排列顺序基于各传输时间单元的时域位置的顺序来排列。Among different transmission time units, the arrangement order of PDSCH reception opportunities is based on the order of the time domain position of each transmission time unit.
在一种实施方式中,PDSCH接收时机的排列顺序以各下行时间单元的时域位置的先后顺序进行排列。In an embodiment, the sequence of the PDSCH reception opportunities is arranged in the sequence of the time domain position of each downlink time unit.
例如,上行时间单元4的反馈窗口包括下行时间单元0、1,下行时间单元0的时域位置在下行时间单元1的时域位置之前。下行时间单元0的PDSCH接收时机的排列顺序为PDSCH接收时机0-1和PDSCH接收时机0-2;下行时间单元1的PDSCH接收时机的排列顺序为PDSCH接收时机1-1和PDSCH接收时机1-2。这样,上行时间单元4对应的PDSCH接收时机的排列顺序依次为:PDSCH接收时机0-1、PDSCH接收时机0-2、PDSCH接收时机1-1、PDSCH接收时机1-2。For example, the feedback window of the uplink time unit 4 includes downlink time units 0 and 1, and the time domain position of the downlink time unit 0 is before the time domain position of the downlink time unit 1. The sequence of PDSCH reception timing of downlink time unit 0 is PDSCH reception timing 0-1 and PDSCH reception timing 0-2; the sequence of PDSCH reception timing of downlink time unit 1 is PDSCH reception timing 1-1 and PDSCH reception timing 1- 2. In this way, the sequence of PDSCH reception timings corresponding to the uplink time unit 4 is: PDSCH reception timing 0-1, PDSCH reception timing 0-2, PDSCH reception timing 1-1, and PDSCH reception timing 1-2.
当终端被配置了多个服务小区时,不同服务小区对应的PDSCH接收时机的排列顺序为:优先基于小区标识的大小顺序进行排列。When the terminal is configured with multiple serving cells, the sequence of PDSCH receiving occasions corresponding to different serving cells is as follows: priority is arranged based on the size order of the cell identifiers.
比如,基于小区1配置的PDSCH时域资源分配方式列表和上下行配比参数,确定的下行时间单元0对应的PDSCH接收时机为:PDSCH接收时机1-0-1和PDSCH接收时机1-0-2,以及下行时间单元1对应的PDSCH接收时机为:PDSCH接收时机1-1-1和PDSCH接收时机1-1-2。基于小区2配置的PDSCH时域资源分配方式列表和上下行配比参数,确定的下行时间单元0对应的PDSCH接收时机为:PDSCH接收时机2-0-1和PDSCH接收时机2-0-2,以及,确定的下行时间单元1对应的PDSCH接收时机为:PDSCH接收时机2-1-1和PDSCH接收时机2-1-2。那么,上行时间单元4对应的各PDSCH接收时机的排列顺序为:PDSCH接收时机1-0-1、PDSCH接收时机1-0-2,PDSCH接收时机1-1-1、PDSCH接收时机1-1-2;PDSCH接收时机2-0-1、PDSCH接收时机2-0-2,PDSCH接收时机2-1-1、PDSCH接收时机2-1-2。For example, based on the PDSCH time-domain resource allocation list and uplink-downlink configuration parameters configured in cell 1, the determined PDSCH reception timing corresponding to downlink time unit 0 is: PDSCH reception timing 1-0-1 and PDSCH reception timing 1-0- 2. The PDSCH reception timing corresponding to the downlink time unit 1 is: PDSCH reception timing 1-1-1 and PDSCH reception timing 1-1-2. Based on the PDSCH time domain resource allocation list configured in cell 2 and the uplink and downlink ratio parameters, the determined PDSCH reception timing corresponding to the downlink time unit 0 is: PDSCH reception timing 2-0-1 and PDSCH reception timing 2-0-2, And, the determined PDSCH reception timing corresponding to the downlink time unit 1 is: PDSCH reception timing 2-1-1 and PDSCH reception timing 2-1-2. Then, the sequence of the PDSCH reception timing corresponding to the uplink time unit 4 is: PDSCH reception timing 1-0-1, PDSCH reception timing 1-0-2, PDSCH reception timing 1-1-1, PDSCH reception timing 1-1 -2; PDSCH reception timing 2-0-1, PDSCH reception timing 2-0-2, PDSCH reception timing 2-1-1, PDSCH reception timing 2-1-2.
可见,PDSCH接收时机的排列顺序,针对不同小区,可优先基于小区标识进行排列;其次,针对每个小区,可基于传输时间单元的索引号或时域顺序进行排列;之后,针对每个传输时间单元的多个PDSCH接收时机,可基于PDSCH接收时机的索引或标记顺序进行排列。It can be seen that the order of PDSCH reception timing can be prioritized based on the cell identity for different cells; secondly, for each cell, it can be arranged based on the index number of the transmission time unit or time domain order; then, for each transmission time The multiple PDSCH receiving occasions of a unit can be arranged based on the index or marking order of the PDSCH receiving occasions.
4、动态HARQ-ACK码本4. Dynamic HARQ-ACK codebook
动态HARQ-ACK码本是指HARQ-ACK码本的大小随着数据调度的实际情况的改变而改变。The dynamic HARQ-ACK codebook means that the size of the HARQ-ACK codebook changes as the actual situation of data scheduling changes.
针对下行控制信息调度的下行时间单元,终端根据下行控制信息中携带的反馈时序K 1, 确定该下行时间单元对应的上行时间单元;进而,确定该上行时间单元上报HARQ-ACK信息。 For the downlink time unit scheduled by the downlink control information, the terminal determines the uplink time unit corresponding to the downlink time unit according to the feedback timing K 1 carried in the downlink control information; further, determines the uplink time unit to report HARQ-ACK information.
其中,动态HARQ-ACK码本中,该反馈信息字段用于承载该下行控制信息调度的PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息的一个或多个比特。Among them, in the dynamic HARQ-ACK codebook, the feedback information field is used to carry one or more bits of HARQ-ACK information of the PDSCH scheduled by the downlink control information.
其中,动态HARQ-ACK码本中,反馈HARQ-ACK信息的反馈信息字段是由下行控制信息调度的PDSCH的HARQ反馈时序指示域、PUCCH资源指示域以及下行分配指示域动态指示的。Among them, in the dynamic HARQ-ACK codebook, the feedback information field for feeding back HARQ-ACK information is dynamically indicated by the HARQ feedback timing indicator field, PUCCH resource indicator field, and downlink allocation indicator field of the PDSCH scheduled by the downlink control information.
基于反馈时序K 1确定下行时间单元对应的上行时间单元时,还需要考虑上下行子载波间隔。 When determining the uplink time unit corresponding to the downlink time unit based on the feedback timing K 1 , it is also necessary to consider the uplink and downlink subcarrier spacing.
若上下行子载波间隔不同,则先基于上下行子载波间隔,将下行时间单元换算为上行对应的上行时间单元;然后,再确定换算得到的上行时间单元之后的第“K 1”个时间单元,作为基于反馈时序K 1确定的,该下行时间单元对应的上行时间单元。 If the uplink and downlink subcarrier intervals are different, first convert the downlink time unit to the uplink time unit corresponding to the uplink based on the uplink and downlink subcarrier interval; then, determine the "K 1 "th time unit after the converted uplink time unit as determined based on the feedback timing K 1, which is a time unit corresponding to an uplink downlink time units.
若上下行子载波间隔相同,则将下行时间单元的索引号与上行时间单元的索引号相同,不必进行换算;因此,该下行时间单元之后的第“K 1”个时间单元,就为基于反馈时序K 1确定的,该下行时间单元对应的上行时间单元。 If the uplink and downlink subcarrier intervals are the same, the index number of the downlink time unit is the same as the index number of the uplink time unit, without conversion; therefore, the "K 1 "th time unit after the downlink time unit is based on feedback K 1 determined by the timing of the downlink time units corresponding uplink time unit.
例如,如图6所示,假设上下行子载波间隔相同。调度下行时隙3的下行控制信息,所指示的反馈时序为3,则以下行时隙3为基准,向后数第3个时隙,即上行时隙6。这样,下行时隙3传输的PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息,能够在该上行时隙6上发送。For example, as shown in Figure 6, it is assumed that the uplink and downlink subcarrier intervals are the same. Scheduling the downlink control information of the downlink time slot 3, and the indicated feedback timing is 3, then the downlink time slot 3 is used as the reference, and the third time slot counted backward, that is, the uplink time slot 6. In this way, the HARQ-ACK information of the PDSCH transmitted in the downlink time slot 3 can be sent in the uplink time slot 6.
其中,动态HARQ-ACK码本中,下行时间单元传输的PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息在上行时间单元中的位置也是由下行控制信息指示的。例如,由下行控制信息中的反馈指示域或物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel,PUCCH)指示域指示的。Among them, in the dynamic HARQ-ACK codebook, the position of the HARQ-ACK information of the PDSCH transmitted in the downlink time unit in the uplink time unit is also indicated by the downlink control information. For example, it is indicated by the feedback indication field or the physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) indication field in the downlink control information.
5、同一个PDSCH的重复传输、一次PDSCH传输5. Repeated transmission of the same PDSCH, one PDSCH transmission
如图2所示的无线通信系统中,无论是一个网络设备调度一个终端的场景,还是多个网络设备调度一个终端的场景,均可在多个时间单元上重复传输同一个物理下行共享信道(Physical Downlink Share Channel,PDSCH)。从而能够利用信道在时间上的不相关性提高传输的鲁棒性。其中,每个时间单元上重复传输PDSCH的频域资源相同。In the wireless communication system shown in Figure 2, whether it is a scenario where one network device schedules one terminal or a scenario where multiple network devices schedule one terminal, the same physical downlink shared channel can be repeatedly transmitted on multiple time units ( Physical Downlink Share Channel, PDSCH). Therefore, it is possible to improve the robustness of transmission by using the channel's uncorrelation in time. Wherein, the frequency domain resources for repeated PDSCH transmission in each time unit are the same.
本申请公开的实施例以PDSCH为例,来阐述反馈信息处理方法。本申请公开的实施例还可以适用于其他下行数据。The embodiments disclosed in the present application take PDSCH as an example to illustrate the feedback information processing method. The embodiments disclosed in this application can also be applied to other downlink data.
例如,如图7所示,同一个PDSCH分别在时隙n、时隙n+1、时隙n+2、时隙n+3之间重复传输,其中,每个时隙重复传输该PDSCH的次数为一次。其中,同一个PDSCH在多个时隙之间的重复传输,也可以称为时隙间的重复传输。例如,同一个PDSCH在时隙n上进行第一次传输,也称为首次传输,在时隙n+1上进行第二次传输,也称为再次传输,在本文中,不区分首次还是再次传输,把经过多次传输的同一个PDSCH统一称为对同一个PDSCH的重复传输,或者重复传输的PDSCH。For example, as shown in Figure 7, the same PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted between time slot n, time slot n+1, time slot n+2, time slot n+3, and each time slot repeatedly transmits the PDSCH The number is once. Among them, repeated transmission of the same PDSCH between multiple time slots can also be referred to as repeated transmission between time slots. For example, the same PDSCH is transmitted for the first time on time slot n, which is also called the first transmission, and the second transmission is performed on time slot n+1, which is also called retransmission. In this article, no distinction is made between the first transmission and the second transmission. Transmission, the same PDSCH that has been transmitted multiple times is collectively referred to as repeated transmission of the same PDSCH, or repeated transmission of PDSCH.
再例如,如图8所示,同一个PDSCH不仅分别在时隙n、时隙n+1、时隙n+2、时隙n+3之间重复传输外,还在时隙n、时隙n+1、时隙n+2、时隙n+3内重复传输。如图8所示,在每个时隙上重复传输两次该PDSCH。例如,同一个PDSCH在时隙n内进行两次传输,在本文中,时隙n内对同一个PDSCH的两次传输,称为同一个PDSCH的重复传输, 或者重复传输的PDSCH。For another example, as shown in Figure 8, the same PDSCH is not only repeatedly transmitted between time slot n, time slot n+1, time slot n+2, and time slot n+3, but also time slot n and time slot Transmission is repeated in time slot n+1, time slot n+2, and time slot n+3. As shown in Figure 8, the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted twice in each time slot. For example, the same PDSCH is transmitted twice in time slot n. In this article, two transmissions of the same PDSCH in time slot n are called repeated transmission of the same PDSCH, or repeated transmission of PDSCH.
可选的,图2所示的无线通信系统中,可以同时有多个PDSCH在多个时间单元上重复传输。本文针对一个PDSCH在多个时间单元上重复传输的情况进行阐述,至于多个PDSCH在多个时间单元上重复传输的场景,可分别针对每个PDSCH的重复传输,执行本申请相关的实施例或实施方式即可。因此,本申请实施例若没有特别指出,以下所述的PDSCH均特指在多个时间单元上重复传输的同一个PDSCH。其中,一个PDSCH是特指重复传输的PDSCH;一次PDSCH传输或一次PDSCH重复传输,特指该PDSCH的一次传输。Optionally, in the wireless communication system shown in FIG. 2, multiple PDSCHs may be repeatedly transmitted on multiple time units at the same time. This article describes the situation where one PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted on multiple time units. As for the scenario where multiple PDSCHs are repeatedly transmitted on multiple time units, the relevant embodiments of this application can be implemented for each PDSCH repeated transmission. Just implement it. Therefore, unless otherwise specified in the embodiments of the present application, the PDSCH described below refers specifically to the same PDSCH that is repeatedly transmitted in multiple time units. Among them, a PDSCH specifically refers to a PDSCH that is repeatedly transmitted; one PDSCH transmission or one PDSCH repeated transmission specifically refers to one transmission of the PDSCH.
6、传输时间单元、反馈时间单元6. Transmission time unit, feedback time unit
为便于阐述,本申请实施例将重复传输PDSCH的下行时间单元统称为传输时间单元。也就是说,传输时间单元在本实施例中是指重复传输PDSCH的下行时间单元。For ease of explanation, the embodiment of the present application collectively refers to downlink time units for repeated PDSCH transmission as transmission time units. That is to say, the transmission time unit in this embodiment refers to a downlink time unit that repeatedly transmits PDSCH.
相应的,将反馈重复传输的PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息的上行时间单元称为反馈时间单元。其中,一个传输时间单元重复传输该PDSCH的次数可以为一次或多次。Correspondingly, the uplink time unit that feeds back the HARQ-ACK information of the repeatedly transmitted PDSCH is called the feedback time unit. Wherein, the number of times that a transmission time unit repeatedly transmits the PDSCH may be one or more times.
不同传输时间单元占用不同的时域资源位置,即不同传输时间单元在时域上具有先后顺序或者早晚顺序。不同反馈时间单元占用不同的时域资源位置,即不同反馈时间单元在时域上具有先后顺序或者早晚顺序。因此,本文中,传输时间单元和反馈时间单元均指时域上的某一段时间。Different transmission time units occupies different time domain resource locations, that is, different transmission time units have a sequence or a sequence of early and late in the time domain. Different feedback time units occupies different time domain resource locations, that is, different feedback time units have a sequence or an order of morning and evening in the time domain. Therefore, in this article, both the transmission time unit and the feedback time unit refer to a certain period of time in the time domain.
其中,重复传输PDSCH的多个传输时间单元与对应的至少两个反馈时间单元的时域位置关系为:该至少两个反馈时间单元中,时域位置最靠前的反馈时间单元,位于该多个传输时间单元中时域位置最靠前的传输时间单元之后;该至少两个反馈时间单元中,时域位置最靠后的反馈时间单元,位于该多个传输时间单元中时域位置最靠后的传输时间单元之后。Wherein, the time-domain positional relationship between multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit PDSCH and the corresponding at least two feedback time units is: among the at least two feedback time units, the feedback time unit with the highest position in the time domain is located in the multiple feedback time units. After the transmission time unit with the highest time domain position among the transmission time units; among the at least two feedback time units, the feedback time unit with the lowest time domain position is located at the closest time domain position among the multiple transmission time units After the transmission time unit.
传输时间单元与反馈时间单元之间存在对应关系。基于该对应关系,重复传输的PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息,能够在对应的反馈时间单元上发送。There is a correspondence between the transmission time unit and the feedback time unit. Based on this correspondence, the HARQ-ACK information of the repeatedly transmitted PDSCH can be sent in the corresponding feedback time unit.
本申请实施例中,重复传输PDSCH的多个传输时间单元中,重复传输PDSCH的最后一个传输时间单元、最后一个传输时间单元、最后一次PDSCH传输所在的传输时间单元、最后一次重复传输PDSCH所在的传输时间单元以及时域位置最靠后的传输时间单元均指同一个传输时间单元。In the embodiment of this application, among the multiple transmission time units of repeated PDSCH transmission, the last transmission time unit, the last transmission time unit, the transmission time unit where the last PDSCH transmission was located, and the last transmission time unit where the PDSCH was repeatedly transmitted The transmission time unit and the transmission time unit with the last position in the time domain refer to the same transmission time unit.
相应的,反馈窗口中重复传输PDSCH的最后一个传输时间单元,也可以称为最后一次传输该PDSCH的传输时间单元。本申请实施例不做限定。相应的,传输时间单元对应的反馈时间单元,可以称为传输时间单元中第一次传输PDSCH、最后一次传输PDSCH或所有传输PDSCH对应的反馈时间单元。Correspondingly, the last transmission time unit of repeated transmission of the PDSCH in the feedback window may also be referred to as the last transmission time unit of the PDSCH. The embodiments of this application do not make limitations. Correspondingly, the feedback time unit corresponding to the transmission time unit may be referred to as the feedback time unit corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission, the last PDSCH transmission, or all PDSCH transmissions in the transmission time unit.
其中,传输时间单元和反馈时间单元可以为一个时隙或者一个小时隙(sub-slot)。本文,结合附图的示例中,传输时间单元和反馈时间单元均以时隙为例进行阐述。Among them, the transmission time unit and the feedback time unit may be a time slot or a sub-slot. In this article, in the example in conjunction with the accompanying drawings, the transmission time unit and the feedback time unit are both explained by taking the time slot as an example.
7、反馈窗口7. Feedback window
反馈时间单元的反馈窗口包括重复传输PDSCH的一个或多个传输时间单元。The feedback window of the feedback time unit includes one or more transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH.
其中,半静态HARQ-ACK码本中,反馈时间单元对应的该一个或多个传输时间单元是基于该反馈时间单元和反馈时序集合确定的。Wherein, in the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook, the one or more transmission time units corresponding to the feedback time unit are determined based on the feedback time unit and the feedback timing set.
其中,动态HARQ-ACK码本中,该反馈时间单元对应的一个或多个传输时间单元是 通过下行控制信息指示的反馈时序,或者,下行控制信息指示的反馈时序与协议预定义或RRC配置的参数相结合的方式确定的。Among them, in the dynamic HARQ-ACK codebook, the one or more transmission time units corresponding to the feedback time unit are the feedback timing indicated by the downlink control information, or the feedback timing indicated by the downlink control information is pre-defined by the protocol or configured by RRC The combination of parameters is determined.
反馈时间单元的反馈窗口中可包括重复传输所述PDSCH的一个或多个传输时间单元。其中,反馈窗口包括重复传输所述PDSCH的一个传输时间单元时,该传输时间单元也为该反馈窗口中,重复传输所述PDSCH的最后一个传输时间单元。可选的,该传输时间单元也为该反馈窗口中,传输所述PDSCH的最后一个传输时间单元。The feedback window of the feedback time unit may include one or more transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH. Wherein, when the feedback window includes a transmission time unit of repeated transmission of the PDSCH, the transmission time unit is also the last transmission time unit of the repeated transmission of the PDSCH in the feedback window. Optionally, the transmission time unit is also the last transmission time unit for transmitting the PDSCH in the feedback window.
目前所提供的技术方案中,半静态HARQ-ACK码本和动态HARQ-ACK码本中,针对重复传输的PDSCH,只在一个反馈时间单元上反馈该PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息。即仅在最后一次PDSCH传输所在的传输时间单元对应的反馈时间单元上反馈该PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息。In the technical solutions currently provided, in the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook and the dynamic HARQ-ACK codebook, for the repeatedly transmitted PDSCH, only the HARQ-ACK information of the PDSCH is fed back in one feedback time unit. That is, only the HARQ-ACK information of the PDSCH is fed back in the feedback time unit corresponding to the transmission time unit where the last PDSCH transmission is located.
例如,图9是目前所提供的半静态HARQ-ACK码本中重复传输PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息反馈的一示例图。假设传输时间单元为时隙;反馈时间单元的大小也为时隙,称为反馈时隙。图9中,同一个PDSCH在多个传输时间单元之间重复传输,例如在传输时间单元时隙n、时隙n+1、时隙n+2、时隙n+3之间重复传输。如图9所示,基于RRC配置的反馈时序集合,确定上行时隙N对应的下行时隙为时隙n、时隙n+1;上行时隙M对应的下行时隙为时隙n+2、时隙n+3。其中,重复传输该PDSCH的最后一个传输时间单元为时隙n+3。因此,时隙n+3对应的上行时间单元,即时隙M,作为时隙n、时隙n+1、时隙n+2、时隙n+3对应的反馈时间单元,也称为反馈时隙。如图9所示,终端可以在该时隙M上发送该PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息。其中,该HARQ-ACK信息是根据时隙n、时隙n+1、时隙n+2、时隙n+3中的至少一个传输的PDSCH进行计算获得的。For example, FIG. 9 is an example diagram of HARQ-ACK information feedback for repeated PDSCH transmission in the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook currently provided. Assume that the transmission time unit is a time slot; the size of the feedback time unit is also a time slot, which is called a feedback time slot. In FIG. 9, the same PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted between multiple transmission time units, for example, between the transmission time unit time slot n, time slot n+1, time slot n+2, and time slot n+3. As shown in Figure 9, based on the feedback timing set configured by RRC, it is determined that the downlink time slot corresponding to uplink time slot N is time slot n and time slot n+1; the downlink time slot corresponding to uplink time slot M is time slot n+2 , Time slot n+3. Wherein, the last transmission time unit of repeated transmission of the PDSCH is time slot n+3. Therefore, the uplink time unit corresponding to time slot n+3, namely time slot M, serves as the feedback time unit corresponding to time slot n, time slot n+1, time slot n+2, and time slot n+3, which is also called feedback time Gap. As shown in FIG. 9, the terminal can send the HARQ-ACK information of the PDSCH in the time slot M. Wherein, the HARQ-ACK information is obtained by calculation based on the PDSCH transmitted in at least one of time slot n, time slot n+1, time slot n+2, and time slot n+3.
如图10所示,假设时隙n传输该PDSCH的时域资源对应的PDSCH接收时机为PDSCH接收时机Tn;该PDSCH接收时机Tn在时隙N的HARQ-ACK码本中对应的反馈信息字段为反馈信息字段Bn。时隙n+1传输该PDSCH的时域资源对应的PDSCH接收时机为PDSCH接收时机Tn+1;该PDSCH接收时机Tn+1在时隙N的HARQ-ACK码本中对应的反馈信息字段为反馈信息字段Bn+1。时隙n+2传输该PDSCH的时域资源对应的PDSCH接收时机为PDSCH接收时机Tn+2;该PDSCH接收时机Tn+2在时隙M的HARQ-ACK码本中对应的反馈信息字段为反馈信息字段Bn+2。时隙n+3传输该PDSCH的时域资源对应的PDSCH接收时机为PDSCH接收时机Tn+3;该PDSCH接收时机Tn+3在时隙M的HARQ-ACK码本中对应的反馈信息字段为反馈信息字段Bn+3。As shown in Figure 10, suppose that the PDSCH reception timing corresponding to the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH in time slot n is PDSCH reception timing Tn; the corresponding feedback information field in the HARQ-ACK codebook of time slot N for the PDSCH reception timing Tn is Feedback information field Bn. The PDSCH receiving timing corresponding to the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH in time slot n+1 is the PDSCH receiving timing Tn+1; the PDSCH receiving timing Tn+1 is the feedback information field in the HARQ-ACK codebook of the time slot N as feedback Information field Bn+1. The PDSCH receiving timing corresponding to the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH in time slot n+2 is the PDSCH receiving timing Tn+2; the PDSCH receiving timing Tn+2 is the feedback information field in the HARQ-ACK codebook of the time slot M as feedback Information field Bn+2. The PDSCH receiving timing corresponding to the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH in time slot n+3 is the PDSCH receiving timing Tn+3; the PDSCH receiving timing Tn+3 is the feedback information field in the HARQ-ACK codebook of the time slot M as feedback Information field Bn+3.
基于图10所述的对应关系,假设传输时间单元为时隙;反馈时间单元的大小也为时隙,称为反馈时隙。如图11所示,针对上行时隙N,由于时隙n、时隙n+1均不是重复传输该PDSCH的最后一个时隙,因此,上行时隙N不是反馈时隙。故在上行时隙N中,反馈信息字段Bn、Bn+1上直接发送NACK信息。针对上行时隙M,时隙n+2不是重复传输该PDSCH的最后一个时隙,因此,终端在时隙M中,反馈信息字段Bn+2上直接发送NACK信息。时隙n+3是重复传输该PDSCH的最后一个时隙,因此,终端在时隙M中,反馈信息字段Bn+3上发送HARQ-ACK信息。Based on the corresponding relationship described in Figure 10, it is assumed that the transmission time unit is a time slot; the size of the feedback time unit is also a time slot, which is called a feedback time slot. As shown in FIG. 11, for the uplink time slot N, since neither time slot n nor time slot n+1 is the last time slot for repeated transmission of the PDSCH, the uplink time slot N is not a feedback time slot. Therefore, in the uplink time slot N, the NACK information is directly sent on the feedback information fields Bn and Bn+1. For the uplink time slot M, time slot n+2 is not the last time slot in which the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted. Therefore, the terminal directly sends NACK information on the feedback information field Bn+2 in time slot M. The time slot n+3 is the last time slot in which the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted. Therefore, in the time slot M, the terminal sends HARQ-ACK information on the feedback information field Bn+3.
目前所提供的针对动态HARQ-ACK码本的HARQ-ACK信息反馈技术方案如图12所 示,同一个PDSCH在时隙n、时隙n+1、时隙n+2、时隙n+3上重复传输,下行控制信息指示重复传输PDSCH的最后一个时隙,即时隙n+3的反馈时序。终端根据该反馈时序,确定时隙n+3对应的上行时隙为时隙M。因此,如图12所示,终端仅在时隙M上发送该HARQ-ACK信息。其中,该HARQ-ACK信息为针对时隙n、时隙n+1、时隙n+2、时隙n+3至少一个重复传输的PDSCH进行计算获得的。The current HARQ-ACK information feedback technical solution for dynamic HARQ-ACK codebooks is shown in Figure 12. The same PDSCH is in time slot n, time slot n+1, time slot n+2, and time slot n+3. When the uplink is repeatedly transmitted, the downlink control information indicates the last time slot of repeated PDSCH transmission, that is, the feedback timing of time slot n+3. According to the feedback timing, the terminal determines that the uplink time slot corresponding to time slot n+3 is time slot M. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 12, the terminal only transmits the HARQ-ACK information in the time slot M. Wherein, the HARQ-ACK information is obtained by calculation for at least one repeatedly transmitted PDSCH in time slot n, time slot n+1, time slot n+2, and time slot n+3.
其中,动态HARQ-ACK码本中,反馈HARQ-ACK信息的反馈信息字段是由下行控制信息中的反馈指示域或PUCCH指示域动态指示的。故终端根据下行控制信息指示的HARQ-ACK码本中的反馈信息字段,在时隙M上发送该PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息。Among them, in the dynamic HARQ-ACK codebook, the feedback information field for feeding back HARQ-ACK information is dynamically indicated by the feedback indication field or the PUCCH indication field in the downlink control information. Therefore, the terminal sends the HARQ-ACK information of the PDSCH in the time slot M according to the feedback information field in the HARQ-ACK codebook indicated by the downlink control information.
可见,在多个传输时间单元之间重复传输同一个PDSCH的场景中,无论是半静态HARQ-ACK码本,还是动态HARQ-ACK码本,目前所提供的技术方案中,重复传输PDSCH的多个传输时间单元对应一个反馈时间单元。相应的,终端只能在一个反馈时间单元上发送HARQ-ACK信息。It can be seen that in the scenario where the same PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted between multiple transmission time units, whether it is a semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook or a dynamic HARQ-ACK codebook, in the current technical solutions provided, there are many repeated transmissions of the PDSCH. Each transmission time unit corresponds to a feedback time unit. Correspondingly, the terminal can only send HARQ-ACK information in one feedback time unit.
因此,本申请提供一种反馈信息处理方法。该反馈信息处理方法中,重复传输PDSCH的多个传输时间单元对应至少两个反馈时间单元,能够尽可能早的对该PDSCH进行译码,计算并发送HARQ-ACK信息,而不必待重复传输的PDSCH接收完毕,再计算及发送HARQ-ACK信息。Therefore, this application provides a feedback information processing method. In the feedback information processing method, multiple transmission time units of repeated PDSCH transmission correspond to at least two feedback time units, and the PDSCH can be decoded as early as possible, and the HARQ-ACK information can be calculated and sent without the need for repeated transmission. After receiving the PDSCH, calculate and send HARQ-ACK information.
以下结合附图以及上述术语,对本申请所述的反馈信息处理方法进行阐述。The feedback information processing method described in this application will be described below in conjunction with the drawings and the aforementioned terms.
请参阅图13,图13是本申请实施例提供的一种反馈信息处理方法的流程示意图。如图13所示,该反馈信息处理方法可以包括以下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 13, which is a schematic flowchart of a feedback information processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 13, the feedback information processing method may include the following steps:
101、终端至少根据第一传输时间单元重复传输的PDSCH计算HARQ-ACK信息;101. The terminal calculates HARQ-ACK information at least according to the PDSCH repeatedly transmitted by the first transmission time unit.
102、所述终端在第一反馈时间单元上发送所述HARQ-ACK信息;网络设备接收终端在第一反馈时间单元上发送的所述HARQ-ACK信息;102. The terminal sends the HARQ-ACK information on the first feedback time unit; the network device receives the HARQ-ACK information sent by the terminal on the first feedback time unit;
103、所述网络设备确定所述HARQ-ACK信息至少为第一传输时间单元重复传输的所述PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK信息。103. The network device determines that the HARQ-ACK information is at least HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH repeatedly transmitted by the first transmission time unit.
在一种实施方式中,所述第一反馈时间单元,为重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元对应至少两个反馈时间单元中的任一个。所述第一传输时间单元,是所述第一反馈时间单元的反馈窗口中,重复传输所述PDSCH的最后一个传输时间单元。也就是说,该第一反馈时间单元的反馈窗口中,重复传输所述PDSCH的最后一个传输时间单元是该第一传输时间单元。In an implementation manner, the first feedback time unit is any one of at least two feedback time units corresponding to multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH. The first transmission time unit is the last transmission time unit in which the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit. That is, in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit, the last transmission time unit that repeatedly transmits the PDSCH is the first transmission time unit.
其中,该HARQ-ACK信息,可以为终端根据第一传输时间单元传输的该PDSCH,或者,第一传输时间单元和它之前的传输时间单元中至少一个传输时间单元传输的该PDSCH,计算获得的。其中,若第一传输时间单元之前不存在传输该PDSCH的传输时间单元,则终端可对该第一传输时间单元传输的该PDSCH计算获得HARQ-ACK信息。Wherein, the HARQ-ACK information may be the PDSCH transmitted by the terminal according to the first transmission time unit, or the PDSCH transmitted by at least one of the first transmission time unit and the transmission time unit before it, obtained by calculation . Wherein, if there is no transmission time unit for transmitting the PDSCH before the first transmission time unit, the terminal may calculate the PDSCH transmitted by the first transmission time unit to obtain HARQ-ACK information.
相应的,网络设备确定HARQ-ACK信息至少为第一传输时间单元重复传输的PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK信息,包括:网络设备确定HARQ-ACK信息为第一传输时间单元,或者为第一传输时间单元和第一传输时间单元之前的传输时间单元中至少一个传输时间单元传输的PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK信息。比如,网络设备能够获知,该HARQ-ACK信息 是针对第一传输时间单元和第二传输时间单元分别重复传输的PDSCH进行联合计算获得的。该第二传输时间单元为第一反馈时间单元的反馈窗口中,另一重复传输PDSCH的传输时间单元。Correspondingly, the network device determining that the HARQ-ACK information is at least the HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH repeatedly transmitted by the first transmission time unit includes: the network device determines that the HARQ-ACK information is the first transmission time unit or is the first transmission time unit Unit and HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH transmitted by at least one transmission time unit in the transmission time unit before the first transmission time unit. For example, the network device can learn that the HARQ-ACK information is obtained by performing joint calculations on PDSCHs that are repeatedly transmitted in the first transmission time unit and the second transmission time unit respectively. The second transmission time unit is another transmission time unit in which the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit.
在一种实施方式中,所述至少两个反馈时间单元包括第二反馈时间单元;所述第一反馈时间单元的时域位置在所述第二反馈时间单元的时域位置之前。例如,图14为本申请实施例提供的HARQ-ACK信息反馈的一示例图。假设传输时间单元为时隙;反馈时间单元的大小也为时隙,称为反馈时隙。如图14所示,终端可以根据反馈时隙N的反馈窗口中时隙n+1或者时隙n、n+1,重复传输的PDSCH计算HARQ-ACK信息,并在该时隙n+1对应的反馈时隙N上发送该HARQ-ACK信息。In an embodiment, the at least two feedback time units include a second feedback time unit; the time domain position of the first feedback time unit is before the time domain position of the second feedback time unit. For example, FIG. 14 is an example diagram of HARQ-ACK information feedback provided by an embodiment of this application. Assume that the transmission time unit is a time slot; the size of the feedback time unit is also a time slot, which is called a feedback time slot. As shown in Figure 14, the terminal can calculate the HARQ-ACK information according to the time slot n+1 or the time slots n and n+1 in the feedback window of the feedback time slot N, and calculate the HARQ-ACK information in the time slot n+1. Send the HARQ-ACK information in the feedback slot N of.
可见,该实施方式中,由于终端在反馈窗口中第一传输时间单元传输完该PDSCH后,就能够在对应的反馈时间单元上发送该PDSCH的HARQ-AKC信息,因此,网络设备能够尽快获得HARQ-ACK信息。It can be seen that in this embodiment, after the terminal transmits the PDSCH in the first transmission time unit in the feedback window, it can send the HARQ-AKC information of the PDSCH on the corresponding feedback time unit, so the network device can obtain HARQ as soon as possible. -ACK information.
进一步的,该实施方式有利于网络设备根据该HARQ-ACK信息,决策是否还需要在第一传输时间单元之后的其他传输时间单元上重复传输该PDSCH。比如,网络设备在接收到的HARQ-ACK信息为ACK信息时,能够将其他传输时间单元用于调度其他用户,而不必再重复传输该PDSCH。相应的,终端可以不期望在其他传输时间单元上再接收到该PDSCH,而直接在后续的反馈时间单元上发送ACK信息。另外,网络设备将其他传输时间单元调度其他用户情况下,也能够获知后续的反馈时间单元上发送的ACK信息依旧为该终端反馈的,而不会误认为是其他用户发送的。Further, this implementation manner is beneficial for the network device to decide whether to repeat the transmission of the PDSCH in other transmission time units after the first transmission time unit based on the HARQ-ACK information. For example, when the received HARQ-ACK information is ACK information, the network device can use other transmission time units to schedule other users without repeating the transmission of the PDSCH. Correspondingly, the terminal may not expect to receive the PDSCH again in other transmission time units, but directly send the ACK information in the subsequent feedback time unit. In addition, when the network device schedules other users with other transmission time units, it can also learn that the ACK information sent in the subsequent feedback time units is still fed back by the terminal, and will not be mistaken for being sent by other users.
比如,图14中,时隙n+2重复传输该PDSCH之前,网络设备若接收到该HARQ-ACK信息且该HARQ-ACK信息为ACK信息,则网络设备可不再在时隙n+2、n+3上重复传输该PDSCH。而是网络设备可以调度该时隙n+2、n+3传输其他用户。从而,有利于提高资源利用率。相应的,终端不期望在时隙n+2、n+3上再接收到该PDSCH,但依旧会在时隙M上直接反馈ACK信息。For example, in Figure 14, before the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted in time slot n+2, if the network device receives the HARQ-ACK information and the HARQ-ACK information is ACK information, the network device can no longer be in time slot n+2, n The PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted on +3. Instead, the network equipment can schedule the time slot n+2, n+3 to transmit other users. Thus, it is beneficial to improve resource utilization. Correspondingly, the terminal does not expect to receive the PDSCH again in time slots n+2 and n+3, but will still directly feed back ACK information in time slot M.
在一种实施方式中,终端可在该至少两个反馈时间单元上均反馈HARQ-ACK信息。针对第二反馈时间单元的操作,与第一反馈时间单元类似,这里不再详述。以图15为例说明。In an implementation manner, the terminal may feed back HARQ-ACK information on the at least two feedback time units. The operation of the second feedback time unit is similar to the first feedback time unit, and will not be described in detail here. Take Figure 15 as an example.
假设传输时间单元的大小为时隙;反馈时间单元的大小也为时隙,称为反馈时隙。如图15所示,同一个PDSCH分别在时隙n、时隙n+1、时隙n+2、时隙n+3之间重复传输,假设无论半静态HARQ-ACK码本,还是动态HARQ-ACK码本,确定时隙n、时隙n+1、时隙n+2、时隙n+3对应的两个反馈时间单元分别是时隙N和时隙M。其中,时隙N的反馈窗口包括时隙n、时隙n+1。时隙M的反馈窗口包括时隙n+2、时隙n+3。时隙N的时域位置在时隙M的时域位置之前。时隙N的时域位置在时隙n的时域位置之后。时隙M的时域位置在时隙n+3的时域位置之后。Assume that the size of the transmission time unit is a time slot; the size of the feedback time unit is also a time slot, which is called a feedback time slot. As shown in Figure 15, the same PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted between time slot n, time slot n+1, time slot n+2, and time slot n+3. It is assumed that regardless of the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook or dynamic HARQ -ACK codebook, determine that the two feedback time units corresponding to time slot n, time slot n+1, time slot n+2, and time slot n+3 are time slot N and time slot M, respectively. Among them, the feedback window of time slot N includes time slot n and time slot n+1. The feedback window of time slot M includes time slot n+2 and time slot n+3. The time domain position of time slot N is before the time domain position of time slot M. The time domain position of time slot N is after the time domain position of time slot n. The time domain position of time slot M is after the time domain position of time slot n+3.
利用本申请实施例所述的反馈信息处理方法,如图15所示,针对时隙N的反馈窗口,时隙n+1是该反馈窗口中重复传输PDSCH的最后一个时隙。因此,终端可至少根据时隙n+1传输的该PDSCH计算HARQ-ACK信息1;进而,终端可在时隙N上发送该HARQ-ACK信息1。其中,HARQ-ACK信息1可以为针对时隙n、时隙n+1传输的PDSCH进行联合 计算获得的。Using the feedback information processing method described in the embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 15, for the feedback window of time slot N, time slot n+1 is the last time slot in which PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted in the feedback window. Therefore, the terminal can calculate HARQ-ACK information 1 at least according to the PDSCH transmitted in the time slot n+1; further, the terminal can send the HARQ-ACK information 1 in the time slot N. Among them, HARQ-ACK information 1 can be obtained by joint calculation for the PDSCH transmitted in time slot n and time slot n+1.
如图15所示,针对时隙M的反馈窗口,时隙n+3是该反馈窗口中,重复传输PDSCH的最后一个时隙。终端可以至少根据时隙n+3重复传输的PDSCH计算HARQ-ACK信息2;进而,终端可在时隙M上发送该HARQ-ACK信息2。其中,HARQ-ACK信息2可以为针对时隙n、时隙n+1、时隙n+2、时隙n+3传输的PDSCH进行联合计算获得的。As shown in FIG. 15, for the feedback window of time slot M, time slot n+3 is the last time slot in which PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted in the feedback window. The terminal may calculate HARQ-ACK information 2 at least according to the PDSCH repeatedly transmitted in the time slot n+3; further, the terminal may send the HARQ-ACK information 2 in the time slot M. Wherein, HARQ-ACK information 2 may be obtained by joint calculation for PDSCH transmitted in time slot n, time slot n+1, time slot n+2, and time slot n+3.
综上所述,该反馈信息处理方法中,重复传输PDSCH的多个传输时间单元具有至少两个反馈时间单元。网络设备能够接收终端在至少两个反馈时间单元上发送的反馈信息,即PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息,从而增强了反馈的可靠性。In summary, in the feedback information processing method, the multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH have at least two feedback time units. The network device can receive the feedback information sent by the terminal in at least two feedback time units, that is, the HARQ-ACK information of the PDSCH, thereby enhancing the reliability of the feedback.
另外,如图15所示,重复传输PDSCH的多个传输时间单元具有至少两个反馈时间单元,即时隙N和时隙M,相比图9所示的多个传输时间单元只具有一个反馈时间单元,即时隙M而言,终端可在时隙N和时隙M上均发送HARQ-ACK信息,增强了反馈的可靠性。In addition, as shown in FIG. 15, multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit PDSCH have at least two feedback time units, namely time slot N and time slot M. Compared with the multiple transmission time units shown in FIG. 9, there is only one feedback time. For the unit, that is, time slot M, the terminal can send HARQ-ACK information on both time slot N and time slot M, which enhances the reliability of feedback.
请参阅图16,图16是本申请实施例提供的另一种反馈信息处理方法的流程示意图。图16所示的反馈信息处理方法在最早反馈的HARQ-ACK信息1为ACK信息时,能够直接在后续的反馈时间单元上直接发送ACK信息,而不必再次结合多次传输的PDSCH进行联合译码,从而能够降低终端的处理负担。Please refer to FIG. 16, which is a schematic flowchart of another feedback information processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The feedback information processing method shown in FIG. 16 can directly send the ACK information directly in the subsequent feedback time unit when the HARQ-ACK information 1 that is the earliest feedback is ACK information, without having to combine multiple transmission PDSCHs for joint decoding again , Which can reduce the processing burden of the terminal.
如图16所示,与图13相比,该反馈信息处理方法还包括以下步骤:As shown in FIG. 16, compared with FIG. 13, the feedback information processing method further includes the following steps:
103、当第一反馈时间单元上发送的HARQ-ACK信息为ACK信息时,终端直接在第二反馈时间单元上发送ACK信息;网络设备接收终端在第二反馈时间单元上发送的ACK信息。103. When the HARQ-ACK information sent on the first feedback time unit is ACK information, the terminal directly sends the ACK information on the second feedback time unit; the network device receives the ACK information sent by the terminal on the second feedback time unit.
其中,所述至少两个反馈时间单元包括第二反馈时间单元;所述第一反馈时间单元的时域位置在所述第二反馈时间单元的时域位置之前。Wherein, the at least two feedback time units include a second feedback time unit; the time domain position of the first feedback time unit is before the time domain position of the second feedback time unit.
例如,图17中,终端在时隙N上发送的HARQ-ACK信息1为ACK信息1时,可直接在时隙M上也发送ACK信息1。从而,避免终端再次计算HARQ-ACK信息2,降低了终端的处理负担。For example, in FIG. 17, when the HARQ-ACK information 1 sent by the terminal on the time slot N is ACK information 1, it can also directly send the ACK information 1 on the time slot M. Therefore, the terminal is prevented from recalculating the HARQ-ACK information 2 and the processing burden of the terminal is reduced.
上述图13和图16相关的内容,在半静态HARQ-ACK码本和动态HARQ-ACK码本中均适用。以下部分,分别基于半静态HARQ-ACK码本和动态HARQ-ACK码本各自的特点,进一步分开阐述各自相关的实施方式或实施例。The above-mentioned contents related to FIG. 13 and FIG. 16 are applicable to both the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook and the dynamic HARQ-ACK codebook. In the following parts, based on the respective characteristics of the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook and the dynamic HARQ-ACK codebook, respectively, the respective related implementation manners or examples are further described separately.
在另一实施方式中,为了增强反馈的可靠性,可采用多个频域资源多次反馈反馈信息。比如,本申请的各实施例或实施方式中,终端可在至少两个频域资源上分别发送所述反馈信息。所述至少两个频域资源,分别为重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元对应的反馈时间单元中的,不同频域资源。可见,该反馈信息处理方法能够在不同的频域资源上发送反馈信息,从而能够增强反馈的可靠性。In another embodiment, in order to enhance the reliability of feedback, multiple frequency domain resources may be used to feed back the feedback information multiple times. For example, in each embodiment or implementation of the present application, the terminal may send the feedback information on at least two frequency domain resources respectively. The at least two frequency domain resources are respectively different frequency domain resources in feedback time units corresponding to multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH. It can be seen that the feedback information processing method can send feedback information on different frequency domain resources, thereby enhancing the reliability of feedback.
本申请还提供一种反馈信息处理方法。该反馈信息处理方法中,终端和网络设备所执行的操作如图13所示。其中,与图13至图16所述实施例不同之处在于,第一传输时间单元为重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元中的最后一个传输时间单元之外的传输时间单元。所述第一反馈时间单元的时域位置在该最后一个传输时间单元之前。可见,该实施方式终端可以不必等到接收到该最后一个传输时间单元发送的PDSCH之后,再反馈反 馈信息。因此,该实施方式能够实现尽快反馈。This application also provides a feedback information processing method. In this feedback information processing method, the operations performed by the terminal and network equipment are shown in FIG. 13. Wherein, the difference from the embodiments described in FIG. 13 to FIG. 16 is that the first transmission time unit is a transmission time unit other than the last transmission time unit among the multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH. The time domain position of the first feedback time unit is before the last transmission time unit. It can be seen that in this implementation manner, the terminal may not need to wait for the PDSCH sent by the last transmission time unit to feed back the feedback information. Therefore, this embodiment can realize quick feedback.
其中,该最后一个传输时间单元,为重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元中,时域位置最靠后的传输时间单元。Wherein, the last transmission time unit is the transmission time unit with the lowest position in the time domain among multiple transmission time units for repeated transmission of the PDSCH.
相应的,该实施方式中,网络设备能够尽早接收到终端在第一反馈时间单元上发送的反馈信息,从而有利于网络设备将其余的传输时间单元用于调度其他用户,改善资源的利用率。Correspondingly, in this implementation manner, the network device can receive the feedback information sent by the terminal on the first feedback time unit as early as possible, so that the network device can use the remaining transmission time units for scheduling other users and improve resource utilization.
例如,假设重复传输PDSCH的传输时间单元分别为时隙0、1、2、3,反馈时间单元为反馈时隙N。并且,假设反馈时隙N基于上下行子载波间隔换算到下行时的时域位置在时隙3之前以及时隙2之后,则终端在该反馈时隙N上可以发送PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息。其中,该HARQ-ACK信息为时隙0、1、2中一个或多个时隙传输的所述PDSCH联合计算获得的HARQ-ACK信息。相应的,网络设备若在时隙3上发送PDSCH之前,接收到反馈信息,当该反馈信息为ACK信息时,可将时隙3用于调度其他用户。For example, suppose that the transmission time units for repeated PDSCH transmission are time slots 0, 1, 2, and 3, and the feedback time unit is feedback time slot N. Furthermore, assuming that the feedback time slot N is converted to downlink based on the uplink and downlink subcarrier spacing before time slot 3 and after time slot 2, the terminal can send the HARQ-ACK information of the PDSCH in the feedback time slot N. Wherein, the HARQ-ACK information is HARQ-ACK information obtained by joint calculation of the PDSCH transmitted in one or more of the time slots 0, 1, and 2. Correspondingly, if the network device receives feedback information before sending the PDSCH in time slot 3, when the feedback information is ACK information, time slot 3 can be used to schedule other users.
在另一种实施方式中,该反馈信息处理方法还包括:所述终端在第二反馈时间单元上发送反馈信息。第二反馈时间单元的时域位置在最后一个传输时间单元之后。In another implementation manner, the feedback information processing method further includes: the terminal sends the feedback information in the second feedback time unit. The time domain position of the second feedback time unit is after the last transmission time unit.
在一种示例中,终端在第二反馈时间单元发送的该反馈信息为终端至少根据最后一个传输时间单元传输的PDSCH计算的反馈信息。In an example, the feedback information sent by the terminal in the second feedback time unit is feedback information calculated by the terminal at least according to the PDSCH transmitted by the last transmission time unit.
在另一种示例中,若终端在第一反馈时间单元上发送的是ACK信息,则终端在第二反馈时间单元上可直接发送该ACK信息,避免再次计算,从而降低了终端的处理负担。In another example, if the terminal sends ACK information in the first feedback time unit, the terminal can directly send the ACK information in the second feedback time unit to avoid recalculation, thereby reducing the processing burden of the terminal.
本申请还提供一种反馈信息处理方法。该反馈信息处理方法中,终端和网络设备所执行的操作如图13所示。其中,与图13至图16所述实施例不同之处在于,所述第一传输时间单元,是所述第一反馈时间单元的反馈窗口中,重复传输所述PDSCH的最后一个传输时间单元。This application also provides a feedback information processing method. In this feedback information processing method, the operations performed by the terminal and network equipment are shown in FIG. 13. Wherein, the difference from the embodiment described in FIG. 13 to FIG. 16 is that the first transmission time unit is the last transmission time unit in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit that repeatedly transmits the PDSCH.
可见,该实施方式在反馈时间单元的反馈窗口中具有重复传输PDSCH的传输时间单元时,就能够基于该反馈窗口中,各传输时间单元所传输的PDSCH,计算反馈信息。从而有利于及时反馈该反馈信息。It can be seen that in this embodiment, when there is a transmission time unit for repeated PDSCH transmission in the feedback window of the feedback time unit, the feedback information can be calculated based on the PDSCH transmitted by each transmission time unit in the feedback window. This is beneficial to feedback the feedback information in time.
在一种实施方式中,所述第一反馈时间单元的时域位置在重复传输所述PDSCH的最后一个传输时间单元之前以及重复传输所述PDSCH的第一传输时间单元之后。具体的,可基于上下行子载波间隔,将第一反馈时间单元换算到下行时的时域位置,并且该时域位置在该最后一个传输时间单元之前。该实施方式能够尽快反馈该PDSCH的反馈信息。In an implementation manner, the time domain position of the first feedback time unit is before the last transmission time unit of repeated transmission of the PDSCH and after the first transmission time unit of repeated transmission of the PDSCH. Specifically, the first feedback time unit may be converted to the time domain position in the downlink based on the uplink and downlink subcarrier interval, and the time domain position is before the last transmission time unit. This embodiment can feed back the feedback information of the PDSCH as soon as possible.
在另一种实施方式中,该反馈信息处理方法还包括:所述终端在第二反馈时间单元上发送反馈信息。第二反馈时间单元的时域位置在最后一个传输时间单元之后。In another implementation manner, the feedback information processing method further includes: the terminal sends the feedback information in the second feedback time unit. The time domain position of the second feedback time unit is after the last transmission time unit.
在一种示例中,终端在第二反馈时间单元发送的该反馈信息为终端至少根据最后一个传输时间单元传输的PDSCH计算的反馈信息。或者,终端根据第二反馈时间单元的反馈窗口中,各传输时间单元重复传输的PDSCH,计算的反馈信息。In an example, the feedback information sent by the terminal in the second feedback time unit is feedback information calculated by the terminal at least according to the PDSCH transmitted by the last transmission time unit. Alternatively, the terminal calculates the feedback information according to the PDSCH repeatedly transmitted by each transmission time unit in the feedback window of the second feedback time unit.
在另一种示例中,若终端在第一反馈时间单元上发送的是ACK信息,则终端在第二反馈时间单元上可直接发送该ACK信息,避免再次计算,从而降低了终端的处理负担。In another example, if the terminal sends ACK information in the first feedback time unit, the terminal can directly send the ACK information in the second feedback time unit to avoid recalculation, thereby reducing the processing burden of the terminal.
本申请还提供一种反馈信息处理方法。终端和网络设备所执行的操作如图13所示。其中,与图13至图16所述实施例不同之处在于,所述第一传输时间单元,是所述第一反馈 时间单元的反馈窗口中,重复传输所述PDSCH的最后一个传输时间单元;所述第一反馈时间单元,是重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元对应的上行时间单元中,时域位置最靠前的上行时间单元。其中,该种情况下,多个传输时间单元对应的上行时间单元是指基于反馈时序集合或DCI指示所确定的上行时间单元,而不是基于上下行子载波间隔换算的上行时间单元。This application also provides a feedback information processing method. The operations performed by the terminal and network equipment are shown in Figure 13. Wherein, the difference from the embodiment described in FIG. 13 to FIG. 16 is that the first transmission time unit is the last transmission time unit in which the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit; The first feedback time unit is the uplink time unit with the highest position in the time domain among the uplink time units corresponding to multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH. In this case, the uplink time unit corresponding to the multiple transmission time units refers to the uplink time unit determined based on the feedback timing set or the DCI indication, rather than the uplink time unit converted based on the uplink and downlink subcarrier interval.
在另一种实施方式中,该反馈信息处理方法还包括:所述终端在第二反馈时间单元上发送反馈信息。第二反馈时间单元是重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元对应的上行时间单元中,时域位置最靠后或时域位置在第一反馈时间单元之后的上行时间单元。In another implementation manner, the feedback information processing method further includes: the terminal sends the feedback information in the second feedback time unit. The second feedback time unit is an uplink time unit corresponding to the multiple transmission time units for repeatedly transmitting the PDSCH, the uplink time unit whose time domain position is the lowest or the time domain position is after the first feedback time unit.
在一种示例中,终端在第二反馈时间单元上发送的该反馈信息为终端至少根据第二反馈时间单元的反馈窗口中各传输时间单元传输的PDSCH计算获得的反馈信息。In an example, the feedback information sent by the terminal on the second feedback time unit is feedback information calculated by the terminal at least according to PDSCHs transmitted by each transmission time unit in the feedback window of the second feedback time unit.
在另一种示例中,若终端在第一反馈时间单元上发送的是ACK信息,则终端在第二反馈时间单元上可直接发送该ACK信息,避免再次计算,从而降低了终端的处理负担。In another example, if the terminal sends ACK information in the first feedback time unit, the terminal can directly send the ACK information in the second feedback time unit to avoid recalculation, thereby reducing the processing burden of the terminal.
基于上述各种反馈信息处理方法,以下,在第1部分,阐述半静态HARQ-ACK码本中,如何确定上述至少两个反馈时间单元、结合PDSCH接收时机发送HARQ-ACK信息以及另一种PDSCH接收时机确定方法等相关的实施方式或实施例。Based on the various feedback information processing methods mentioned above, the following, in Part 1, explains how to determine the above-mentioned at least two feedback time units in the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook, and combine the PDSCH reception timing to send HARQ-ACK information and another PDSCH Relevant implementations or examples such as the method for determining the timing of reception.
1.1半静态HARQ-ACK码本中,如何确定上述至少两个反馈时间单元1.1 How to determine the above-mentioned at least two feedback time units in the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook
半静态HARQ-ACK码本中,终端确定至少两个反馈时间单元,包括:终端针对每个上行时间单元,根据RRC配置的反馈时序集合,确定每个上行时间单元的反馈窗口;终端确定反馈窗口中包含重复传输PDSCH的传输时间单元的上行时间单元,将该上行时间单元作为反馈时间单元。In the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook, the terminal determines at least two feedback time units, including: for each uplink time unit, the terminal determines the feedback window of each uplink time unit according to the feedback timing set configured by RRC; the terminal determines the feedback window The uplink time unit that contains the transmission time unit of repeated transmission of the PDSCH is used as the feedback time unit.
比如,根据反馈时序集合,确定了上行时隙N的反馈窗口包括时隙n、时隙n+1,以及上行时隙M的反馈窗口包括时隙n+2、时隙n+3。时隙N的时域位置在时隙M的时域位置之前。时隙N的时域位置在时隙n的时域位置之后。时隙M的时域位置在时隙n+3的时域位置之后。时隙n、时隙n+1、时隙n+2、时隙n+3均为重复传输所述PDSCH的传输时间单元,故该上行时隙N、M均为重复传输所述PDSCH的时隙n、时隙n+1、时隙n+2、时隙n+3对应的反馈时间单元。如图15、图17所示的反馈示例图,终端可在时隙N、时隙M上分别发送该PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息。For example, according to the feedback timing set, it is determined that the feedback window of the uplink time slot N includes time slot n and time slot n+1, and the feedback window of the uplink time slot M includes time slot n+2 and time slot n+3. The time domain position of time slot N is before the time domain position of time slot M. The time domain position of time slot N is after the time domain position of time slot n. The time domain position of time slot M is after the time domain position of time slot n+3. Time slot n, time slot n+1, time slot n+2, time slot n+3 are all transmission time units for repeated transmission of the PDSCH, so the uplink time slots N and M are both when the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted. The feedback time unit corresponding to slot n, slot n+1, slot n+2, and slot n+3. As shown in the feedback example diagrams shown in Fig. 15 and Fig. 17, the terminal can send the HARQ-ACK information of the PDSCH in time slot N and time slot M respectively.
其中,可能存在某一上行时间单元的反馈窗口,包含了重复传输PDSCH的所有传输时间单元。该种情况,终端能够确定重复传输PDSCH的多个传输时间单元对应一个反馈时间单元。本申请实施例讨论的是半静态HARQ-ACK码本中,重复传输PDSCH的所有传输时间单元分布在至少两个反馈窗口的情况,这样,终端可从该至少两个反馈窗口对应的至少两个上行时间单元中,确定至少两个反馈时间单元,从而增强了反馈的可靠性。Among them, there may be a feedback window for a certain uplink time unit, including all transmission time units for repeated transmission of the PDSCH. In this case, the terminal can determine that multiple transmission time units for repeated PDSCH transmission correspond to one feedback time unit. The embodiment of this application discusses the situation in which all transmission time units of repeated PDSCH transmissions are distributed in at least two feedback windows in the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook. In this way, the terminal can use the at least two feedback windows corresponding to the at least two feedback windows. In the uplink time unit, at least two feedback time units are determined, thereby enhancing the reliability of feedback.
1.2半静态HARQ-ACK码本中,结合PDSCH接收时机,发送HARQ-ACK信息1.2 In the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook, the HARQ-ACK information is sent in combination with the PDSCH reception timing
当该反馈窗口除了第一传输时间单元传输该PDSCH外,还存在其他传输时间单元传输该PDSCH,则还需要考虑其他传输时间单元传输该PDSCH对应的PDSCH接收时机如何处理。When the feedback window has other transmission time units to transmit the PDSCH in addition to the first transmission time unit to transmit the PDSCH, then it is also necessary to consider how to handle the PDSCH reception timing corresponding to the PDSCH transmission in other transmission time units.
请参阅图18,图18为本申请实施例提供的又一种反馈信息处理方法的流程示意图。 图18与图13相比,能够结合半静态HARQ-ACK码本,阐述具体如何发送HARQ-ACK信息。如图18所示,反馈信息处理方法包括以下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 18, which is a schematic flowchart of another feedback information processing method provided by an embodiment of the application. Compared with FIG. 13, FIG. 18 can be combined with a semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook to illustrate how to send HARQ-ACK information. As shown in Figure 18, the feedback information processing method includes the following steps:
201、终端至少根据所述第一传输时间单元重复传输的PDSCH计算HARQ-ACK信息;201. The terminal calculates HARQ-ACK information at least according to the PDSCH repeatedly transmitted by the first transmission time unit;
202、所述终端在所述第一反馈时间单元上,第一PDSCH接收时机对应的反馈信息字段上发送所述HARQ-ACK信息,第二PDSCH接收时机对应的反馈信息字段上发送NACK信息。202. The terminal sends the HARQ-ACK information in the feedback information field corresponding to the first PDSCH receiving opportunity in the first feedback time unit, and sends the NACK information in the feedback information field corresponding to the second PDSCH receiving opportunity.
相应的,网络设备接收终端在第一反馈时间单元上发送的PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息,包括:网络设备接收终端在第一反馈时间单元中,第一PDSCH接收时机上发送的计算的HARQ-ACK信息以及第二PDSCH接收时机上发送的NACK信息。Correspondingly, the network device receiving the HARQ-ACK information of the PDSCH sent by the terminal in the first feedback time unit includes: the network device receives the calculated HARQ-ACK sent by the terminal in the first feedback time unit at the first PDSCH receiving opportunity Information and the NACK information sent on the second PDSCH receiving occasion.
其中,所述第一PDSCH接收时机为所述第一传输时间单元重复传输所述PDSCH对应的PDSCH接收时机;所述第二PDSCH接收时机为第二传输时间单元重复传输所述PDSCH对应的PDSCH接收时机;所述第二传输时间单元为所述第一反馈时间单元的反馈窗口中,时域位置在所述第一传输时间单元之前的,重复传输所述PDSCH的传输时间单元。Wherein, the first PDSCH reception timing is the first transmission time unit to repeatedly transmit the PDSCH reception timing corresponding to the PDSCH; the second PDSCH reception timing is the second transmission time unit to repeatedly transmit the PDSCH reception timing corresponding to the PDSCH Timing; the second transmission time unit is a transmission time unit for repeating transmission of the PDSCH in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit, and the time domain position is before the first transmission time unit.
例如,请参阅图19,图19为本申请实施例提供的重复传输PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息反馈的又一示例图。其中,图19中,PDSCH传输、PDSCH接收时机、反馈信息字段三者之间的对应关系,依旧如图10所示。结合图18所示的反馈信息处理方法,如图19所示,终端在时隙N中,反馈信息字段Bn上发送NACK信息,在反馈信息字段Bn+1上发送HARQ-ACK信息1。终端在时隙M上,反馈信息字段Bn+2上发送NACK信息,反馈信息字段Bn+3上发送HARQ-ACK信息2。For example, please refer to FIG. 19, which is another example diagram of HARQ-ACK information feedback for repeated PDSCH transmission provided by an embodiment of the application. Among them, in FIG. 19, the correspondence between PDSCH transmission, PDSCH reception timing, and feedback information fields is still as shown in FIG. 10. In combination with the feedback information processing method shown in FIG. 18, as shown in FIG. 19, the terminal sends NACK information on the feedback information field Bn in the time slot N, and HARQ-ACK information 1 on the feedback information field Bn+1. The terminal sends NACK information in the feedback information field Bn+2 in the time slot M, and HARQ-ACK information 2 in the feedback information field Bn+3.
在另一种可选的实施方式中,终端可直接在第一反馈时间单元中,第二传输时间单元重复传输该PDSCH的PDSCH接收时机上也发送计算的HAQK-ACK信息。该实施方式能够增强HARQ-ACK信息反馈的可靠性。In another optional implementation manner, the terminal may directly send the calculated HAQK-ACK information at the PDSCH receiving occasion when the second transmission time unit repeatedly transmits the PDSCH in the first feedback time unit. This embodiment can enhance the reliability of HARQ-ACK information feedback.
请参阅图20,图20为本申请实施例提供的又一种反馈信息处理方法的流程示意图。图20与图18相比,图20中步骤301与上述步骤201相同,步骤302为:Please refer to FIG. 20, which is a schematic flowchart of yet another feedback information processing method provided by an embodiment of the application. Compared with FIG. 18, step 301 in FIG. 20 is the same as step 201 above, and step 302 is:
302、终端在所述第一反馈时间单元上,第一PDSCH接收时机对应的反馈信息字段上发送所述HARQ-ACK信息,第二PDSCH接收时机对应的反馈信息字段上发送所述HARQ-ACK信息。302. The terminal sends the HARQ-ACK information in the feedback information field corresponding to the first PDSCH receiving opportunity in the first feedback time unit, and sends the HARQ-ACK information in the feedback information field corresponding to the second PDSCH receiving opportunity .
相应的,网络设备接收终端在第一反馈时间单元上发送的PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息,包括:网络设备接收终端在所述第一反馈时间单元上,第一PDSCH接收时机对应的反馈信息字段上发送的所述HARQ-ACK信息,第二PDSCH接收时机对应的反馈信息字段上的所述HARQ-ACK信息。Correspondingly, the network device receiving the HARQ-ACK information of the PDSCH sent by the terminal on the first feedback time unit includes: the network device receives the terminal on the first feedback time unit, and the feedback information field corresponding to the first PDSCH receiving opportunity The transmitted HARQ-ACK information is the HARQ-ACK information on the feedback information field corresponding to the second PDSCH receiving opportunity.
可见,该实施方式能够使得网络设备接收终端发送的多个HARQ-ACK信息,从而能够增强反馈的可靠性。It can be seen that this implementation manner can enable the network device to receive multiple HARQ-ACK messages sent by the terminal, thereby enhancing the reliability of feedback.
例如,请参阅图21,图21为本申请实施例提供的重复传输PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息反馈的又一示例图。其中,图21中,PDSCH传输、PDSCH接收时机、反馈信息字段三者之间的对应关系,依旧如图10所示。结合图20所示的反馈信息处理方法,如图21所示,终端在时隙N中,反馈信息字段Bn、反馈信息字段Bn+1上均发送HARQ-ACK信息1。终端在时隙M上,反馈信息字段Bn+2、反馈信息字段Bn+3上均发送HARQ-ACK信息2。For example, please refer to FIG. 21, which is another example diagram of HARQ-ACK information feedback for repeated PDSCH transmission provided by an embodiment of the application. Among them, in FIG. 21, the correspondence between PDSCH transmission, PDSCH reception timing, and feedback information fields is still as shown in FIG. 10. In combination with the feedback information processing method shown in FIG. 20, as shown in FIG. 21, the terminal sends HARQ-ACK information 1 in the feedback information field Bn and the feedback information field Bn+1 in the time slot N. The terminal sends HARQ-ACK information 2 on both the feedback information field Bn+2 and the feedback information field Bn+3 in the time slot M.
相应的,上述图17所示的实施例中,终端直接在第二反馈时间单元上发送ACK信息,可以包括:终端在第二反馈时间单元中,各PDSCH接收时机分别对应的反馈信息字段上,均发送ACK信息。其中,各PDSCH接收时机分别为第二反馈时间单元的反馈窗口中重复传输该PDSCH对应的PDSCH接收时机。Correspondingly, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 17, the terminal directly sending the ACK information in the second feedback time unit may include: the terminal is in the second feedback time unit, and each PDSCH reception opportunity corresponds to the feedback information field, Both send ACK information. Wherein, each PDSCH receiving timing is the receiving timing of the PDSCH corresponding to the PDSCH that is repeatedly transmitted in the feedback window of the second feedback time unit.
相应的,网络设备接收终端发送的多次ACK信息。从而,进一步的增强反馈可靠性的同时,避免终端再次计算重复传输的PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息,降低了终端的处理负担。Correspondingly, the network device receives multiple ACK messages sent by the terminal. Therefore, while the feedback reliability is further enhanced, the terminal is prevented from recalculating the HARQ-ACK information of the repeatedly transmitted PDSCH, and the processing burden of the terminal is reduced.
例如,图22为本申请实施例提供的重复传输PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息反馈的又一示例图。与图21相比,图22中,终端计算的HARQ-ACK信息1为ACK信息1,则终端不再计算HARQ-ACK信息2,而是终端直接在时隙M中,反馈信息字段Bn+2、反馈信息字段Bn+3上均发送ACK信息1。For example, FIG. 22 is another example diagram of HARQ-ACK information feedback for repeated PDSCH transmission provided by an embodiment of the application. Compared with Figure 21, in Figure 22, the HARQ-ACK information 1 calculated by the terminal is ACK information 1, and the terminal no longer calculates HARQ-ACK information 2, but the terminal is directly in the time slot M, and the feedback information field Bn+2 , ACK information 1 is sent on the feedback information field Bn+3.
本申请实施例中,重复传输PDSCH的多个传输时间单元中,每个传输时间单元重复传输PDSCH的次数可为一次或多次。In the embodiment of the present application, among the multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH, the number of times each transmission time unit repeatedly transmits the PDSCH may be one or more times.
本文阐述的反馈信息处理方法,无论是半静态HARQ-ACK码本,还是动态HARQ-ACK码本,HARQ-ACK信息反馈均以传输时间单元或下行时间单元为最小单位。比如,传输时间单元为时隙,本文HARQ-ACK信息反馈以时隙为最小单位。也就是说,每个传输时间单元重复传输PDSCH的次数为多次,多次重复传输的PDSCH所在的传输时间单元为同一个,对应的反馈时间单元也为同一个。因此,传输时间单元内,多次重复传输的PDSCH对应同一个PDSCH接收时机。In the feedback information processing method described in this article, whether it is a semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook or a dynamic HARQ-ACK codebook, the HARQ-ACK information feedback takes the transmission time unit or the downlink time unit as the minimum unit. For example, the transmission time unit is a time slot, and the HARQ-ACK information feedback herein uses the time slot as the minimum unit. That is to say, the number of repeated transmissions of the PDSCH for each transmission time unit is multiple times, the transmission time unit of the PDSCH repeatedly transmitted multiple times is the same, and the corresponding feedback time unit is also the same. Therefore, within the transmission time unit, multiple repeated PDSCH transmissions correspond to the same PDSCH reception opportunity.
由上述图4、图5相关的内容可知,PDSCH接收时机是基于多个时域资源分配方式确定的;一个所述时域资源分配方式对应一个传输时间单元内传输PDSCH的时域资源。其中,传输PDSCH的时域资源为一次传输PDSCH的时域资源或多次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源。以下进行详述。It can be seen from the related content of FIG. 4 and FIG. 5 that the PDSCH receiving timing is determined based on multiple time-domain resource allocation methods; one of the time-domain resource allocation methods corresponds to the time-domain resources for transmitting PDSCH in a transmission time unit. Wherein, the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH is the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH once or the time domain resource for repeatedly transmitting the PDSCH for multiple times. This will be described in detail below.
1.3、一个传输时间单元内重复传输PDSCH的次数为多次时,PDSCH接收时机的确定方法1.3. When the number of repeated PDSCH transmissions in a transmission time unit is multiple, the method for determining the PDSCH reception timing
请参阅图23,图23是本申请实施例提供的一种PDSCH接收时机确定方法的流程示意图。如图23所示,该PDSCH接收时机确定方法包括:Please refer to FIG. 23. FIG. 23 is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining a PDSCH reception timing provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 23, the method for determining the PDSCH reception timing includes:
401、利用目标时域资源分配方式更新PDSCH时域资源分配方式列表,所述目标时域资源分配方式为一个时间单元内多次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源对应的时域资源分配方式。401. Update the PDSCH time domain resource allocation method list by using the target time domain resource allocation method, where the target time domain resource allocation method is a time domain resource allocation method corresponding to the time domain resources for repeatedly transmitting the PDSCH multiple times in a time unit.
402、针对更新后的PDSCH时域资源分配方式列表,根据各时域资源分配方式的最后一个符号以及各时域资源分配方式之间的时域资源重叠,确定各时域资源分配方式对应的PDSCH接收时机。402. For the updated list of PDSCH time-domain resource allocation methods, determine the PDSCH corresponding to each time-domain resource allocation method according to the last symbol of each time-domain resource allocation method and the time-domain resource overlap between each time-domain resource allocation method Receiving timing.
具体的,步骤402,可根据术语介绍部分半静态HARQ-ACK码本的内容,确定每个时域资源分配方式的PDSCH接收时机。Specifically, in step 402, according to the content of the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook of the terminology introduction part, the PDSCH reception timing of each time domain resource allocation method may be determined.
在步骤401之前,终端可先确定一个传输时间单元内多次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源。Before step 401, the terminal may first determine the time domain resources for repeatedly transmitting the PDSCH in one transmission time unit.
在一个示例中,网络设备通过RRC信令通知终端一个PDSCH传输的重复次数;终端根据该重复次数以及该PDSCH一次传输的时域资源分配方式,获得一个传输时间单元内 多次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源。In an example, the network device informs the terminal of the number of repetitions of a PDSCH transmission through RRC signaling; the terminal obtains the time when the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted multiple times in a transmission time unit according to the number of repetitions and the time-domain resource allocation method for one PDSCH transmission. Domain resources.
例如,请参阅图24,图24是本申请实施例提供的一次PDSCH传输的时域资源分配方式的一种示例图。如图24所示,该PDSCH传输的时域资源分配方式为图4或图5的时域分配方式4,即占用两个符号(也可称为一个微时隙)。假设RRC信令通知的一个传输时间单元内PDSCH传输的重复次数为2次以及2次之间的时序偏移,则一个传输时间单元内两次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源分配如图25所示,即一个时隙上符号2、3、6、7。For example, please refer to FIG. 24. FIG. 24 is an example diagram of a time-domain resource allocation manner for a PDSCH transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 24, the time-domain resource allocation method for PDSCH transmission is the time-domain allocation method 4 in FIG. 4 or FIG. 5, that is, two symbols (also referred to as one mini-slot) are occupied. Assuming that the number of repetitions of PDSCH transmission in a transmission time unit notified by RRC signaling is 2 times and the timing offset between 2 times, the time domain resource allocation for two repeated transmissions of PDSCH in a transmission time unit is shown in Figure 25 , That is, symbols 2, 3, 6, 7 on a time slot.
在另一个示例中,网络设备通知终端一个时间单元内多次PDSCH重复传输之间的偏移量;终端根据PDSCH重复传输之间的偏移量,以及,一次PDSCH传输的时域资源分配方式,确定一个传输时间单元内多次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源。In another example, the network device notifies the terminal of the offset between multiple PDSCH repeated transmissions within a time unit; the terminal according to the offset between repeated PDSCH transmissions and the time domain resource allocation method for one PDSCH transmission, Determine the time domain resources for multiple repeated transmissions of the PDSCH within a transmission time unit.
例如,假设PDSCH传输的时域资源分配方式如图24所示,基于PDSCH重复传输之间的偏移量为2个符号,可以获得如图25所示的同一个传输时间单元内多次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源分配方式。For example, assuming that the time domain resource allocation method for PDSCH transmission is shown in Figure 24, based on the offset between repeated PDSCH transmissions of 2 symbols, multiple repeated transmissions within the same transmission time unit as shown in Figure 25 can be obtained. PDSCH time domain resource allocation method.
其中,该两个示例主要是确定一个传输时间单元内多次重复传输PDSCH可能采用的时域资源分配方式,还可以采用其他方式确定重复传输PDSCH的时域资源分配的方式,本申请不做限制。Among them, the two examples are mainly to determine the time-domain resource allocation method that may be used for multiple repeated transmissions of the PDSCH within a transmission time unit, and other methods may also be used to determine the time-domain resource allocation method for repeated PDSCH transmission, which is not limited in this application .
例如,基于步骤201,一个传输时间单元内多次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源分配方式对应一个时域资源分配方式,基于该时域资源分配方式更新图4或图5所示的PDSCH时域资源分配方式列表,获得如图25所示的PDSCH时域资源分配方式列表。For example, based on step 201, a time domain resource allocation method for repeatedly transmitting PDSCH in a transmission time unit corresponds to a time domain resource allocation method, and the PDSCH time domain resources shown in FIG. 4 or FIG. 5 are updated based on the time domain resource allocation method. The allocation method list is to obtain the PDSCH time domain resource allocation method list as shown in FIG. 25.
本申请实施例中,一个传输时间单元内传输PDSCH的时域资源,为多次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源时,根据所述传输时间单元内第一次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源的最后一个符号,或者所述传输时间单元内最后一次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源的最后一个符号,确定所述时域资源分配方式的接收时机。以下示例,以传输时间单元内最后一次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源的最后一个符号来确定时域资源分配方式的接收时机为例,进行阐述。In the embodiment of the present application, when the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH in one transmission time unit is the time domain resource for repeatedly transmitting the PDSCH for multiple times, according to the last one of the time domain resources for the first repeated transmission of the PDSCH in the transmission time unit The symbol, or the last symbol of the time domain resource for the last repeated transmission of the PDSCH in the transmission time unit, determines the receiving timing of the time domain resource allocation mode. The following example uses the last symbol of the time domain resource of the last repeated transmission of the PDSCH in the transmission time unit to determine the receiving timing of the time domain resource allocation mode as an example for illustration.
针对图26所示的PDSCH时域资源分配方式列表,假设终端支持一个时隙传输多次PDSCH,以及时域资源分配方式6的最后一个符号为最后一次传输所占时域资源的最后一个符号,即第8个符号。则执行术语介绍部分半静态HARQ-ACK码本中的步骤(1)至(4)。图26中,最后一个符号最早的时域资源分配方式为:时域资源分配方式4;与该时域资源分配方式4具有时域资源重叠的时域资源分配方式分别为:时域资源分配方式0、1、2、6,故确定时域资源分配方式4、0、1、2、6对应PDSCH接收时机1;剩余的时域资源分配方式3和5中,最后一个符号最早的时域资源分配方式为:时域资源分配方式5,与该时域资源分配方式5重叠的时域资源分配方式为:时域资源分配方式3,故确定时域资源分配方式3和5对应PDSCH接收时机2。Regarding the list of PDSCH time domain resource allocation methods shown in Figure 26, suppose that the terminal supports multiple PDSCH transmissions in one time slot, and the last symbol of time domain resource allocation method 6 is the last symbol of the time domain resources occupied by the last transmission. That is the eighth symbol. Then perform steps (1) to (4) in the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook of the term introduction part. In Figure 26, the earliest time-domain resource allocation method for the last symbol is: time-domain resource allocation method 4; the time-domain resource allocation methods that overlap with this time-domain resource allocation method 4 are: time-domain resource allocation method 0, 1, 2, 6, so it is determined that the time domain resource allocation methods 4, 0, 1, 2, and 6 correspond to PDSCH reception timing 1. Among the remaining time domain resource allocation methods 3 and 5, the last symbol is the earliest time domain resource The allocation method is: time domain resource allocation method 5, and the time domain resource allocation method overlapping with this time domain resource allocation method 5 is: time domain resource allocation method 3. Therefore, it is determined that time domain resource allocation methods 3 and 5 correspond to PDSCH receiving timing 2 .
再例如,时域资源分配方式6的最后一个符号,为第一次传输所占时域资源的最后一个符号,即第4个符号。那么,图26中,最后一个符号最早的时域资源分配方式依旧为:时域资源分配方式4。因此,最终确定的PDSCH接收时机依旧如图26所示。可选的,采用第一次传输所占时域资源的最后一个符号,作为时域资源分配方式6的最后一个符号时,假设该时域资源分配方式6为最后一个符号最早的时域资源分配方式,那么,该实施方式 中,时域资源分配方式6传输的PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息排列顺序就会相对靠前。For another example, the last symbol of time domain resource allocation mode 6 is the last symbol of the time domain resource occupied by the first transmission, that is, the fourth symbol. Then, in Figure 26, the earliest time-domain resource allocation method for the last symbol is still: time-domain resource allocation method 4. Therefore, the final PDSCH reception timing is still as shown in Figure 26. Optionally, when the last symbol of the time domain resource occupied by the first transmission is used as the last symbol of the time domain resource allocation method 6, it is assumed that the time domain resource allocation method 6 is the earliest time domain resource allocation of the last symbol In this embodiment, the order of the HARQ-ACK information of the PDSCH transmitted by the time domain resource allocation method 6 is relatively higher.
针对传输时间单元内重复传输的场景,PDSCH接收时机之间的排列顺序,可参见术语介绍部分半静态HARQ-ACK码本所述的PDSCH接收时机的排列顺序。这里不再详述。For the scenario of repeated transmission in the transmission time unit, the sequence of PDSCH reception opportunities can be found in the sequence of PDSCH reception opportunities described in the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook in the terminology introduction. No more details here.
相应的,无论是传输时间单元之间的PDSCH重复传输,还是传输时间单元内的PDSCH重复传输,半静态HARQ-ACK码本中,反馈信息的处理方法均如上述实施例所述。Correspondingly, whether it is repeated PDSCH transmission between transmission time units or PDSCH repeated transmission within transmission time units, the feedback information processing method in the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook is as described in the foregoing embodiment.
例如,图27所示,时隙n中重复传输两次PDSCH对应一个PDSCH接收时机Tn;时隙n+1中重复传输两次PDSCH对应一个PDSCH接收时机Tn+1;时隙n+2中重复传输两次PDSCH对应一个PDSCH接收时机Tn+2;时隙n+3中重复传输两次PDSCH对应一个PDSCH接收时机Tn+3。依旧如图10所示的对应关系,终端可以在时隙N中,反馈信息字段Bn上发送NACK信息,反馈信息字段Bn+1上发送HARQ-ACK信息1;终端在在时隙M上,反馈信息字段Bn+2上发送NACK信息,反馈信息字段Bn+3上发送HARQ-ACK信息2。For example, as shown in Figure 27, two repeated transmissions of PDSCH in time slot n correspond to one PDSCH reception timing Tn; two repeated transmissions of PDSCH in time slot n+1 correspond to one PDSCH reception timing Tn+1; repeated transmission in time slot n+2 Two PDSCH transmissions correspond to one PDSCH reception timing Tn+2; two repeated PDSCH transmissions in time slot n+3 correspond to one PDSCH reception timing Tn+3. As shown in Figure 10, the terminal can send NACK information on the feedback information field Bn in time slot N, and HARQ-ACK information 1 on the feedback information field Bn+1; the terminal can send feedback on time slot M NACK information is sent in the information field Bn+2, and HARQ-ACK information 2 is sent in the feedback information field Bn+3.
在另一种实施方式中,针对上述一个传输时间单元中重复传输PDSCH为多次的情况,基于上述术语介绍部分半静态HARQ-ACK码本中的步骤(1)至(4)已确定了该传输时间单元中一次重复传输该PDSCH所占的时域资源对应的PDSCH接收时机,则直接将该传输时间单元中所有重复传输该PDSCH所占的时域资源确定为该同一PDSCH接收时机。In another embodiment, for the situation that the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted multiple times in the above-mentioned transmission time unit, the steps (1) to (4) in the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook based on the above terminology have been determined. When the PDSCH receiving occasion corresponding to the time domain resource occupied by the repeated transmission of the PDSCH in the transmission time unit is directly determined as the same PDSCH receiving occasion, all the time domain resources occupied by the repeated transmission of the PDSCH in the transmission time unit are directly determined.
在另一实施方式中,针对一个时隙内重复传输PDSCH的次数为多次的情况,该时隙内,第一次传输该PDSCH的时域资源与最后一次传输该PDSCH的时域资源之间的所有时域资源可为一个时域资源分配方式。相应的,可将该时域资源分配方式也可以采用上述实施例,更新PDSCH时域资源分配方式列表,进而,确定该时域资源分配方式所对应的PDSCH接收时机。In another embodiment, for the case where the number of repeated transmissions of the PDSCH in a time slot is multiple times, in the time slot, between the time domain resource of the first transmission of the PDSCH and the time domain resource of the last transmission of the PDSCH All the time domain resources in can be a time domain resource allocation method. Correspondingly, the time-domain resource allocation method can also be used in the above-mentioned embodiment to update the list of PDSCH time-domain resource allocation methods, and further determine the PDSCH reception timing corresponding to the time-domain resource allocation method.
由于半静态HARQ-ACK码本中,传输时间单元与上行时间单元之间的对应关系是通过RRC配置的参数确定的,因此,相应的,终端根据每个上行时间单元对应的反馈窗口中是否包含重复传输PDSCH的传输时间单元,可以确定至少两个反馈时间单元。Since in the semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook, the corresponding relationship between the transmission time unit and the uplink time unit is determined by the parameters configured by RRC, accordingly, the terminal according to whether the feedback window corresponding to each uplink time unit contains By repeating the transmission time unit of the PDSCH, at least two feedback time units can be determined.
而动态HARQ-ACK码本中,至少两个反馈时间单元的确定方式较多,在第2部分,阐述部分可选的实施方式。其中,确定了一个或多个传输时间单元对应的反馈时间单元后,该反馈时间单元的HARQ-ACK窗口或反馈窗口就包括该一个或多个传输时间单元。In the dynamic HARQ-ACK codebook, there are many ways to determine at least two feedback time units. In Part 2, some optional implementations are described. Wherein, after the feedback time unit corresponding to one or more transmission time units is determined, the HARQ-ACK window or feedback window of the feedback time unit includes the one or more transmission time units.
2、动态HARQ-ACK码本中,至少两个反馈时间单元的确定方法2. Method for determining at least two feedback time units in the dynamic HARQ-ACK codebook
动态HARQ-ACK码本中,所述至少两个反馈时间单元是通过下行控制信息、RRC配置或者协议预定义中的一种或多种相结合的方式进行确定的。其中,下行控制信息可以指示一个或多个反馈时序。In the dynamic HARQ-ACK codebook, the at least two feedback time units are determined by a combination of one or more of downlink control information, RRC configuration, or protocol predefined. Among them, the downlink control information may indicate one or more feedback timings.
在一种可选的实施方式中,重复传输PDSCH的多个传输时间单元包括第三传输时间单元和第四传输时间单元。所述下行控制信息指示一个反馈时序K 1;所述反馈时序K 1是第三传输时间单元的反馈时序。第三传输时间单元对应的反馈时间单元,是该第三传输时间单元之后第K 1个时间单元,记为第三反馈时间单元。进一步,可通过协议预定义或RRC配置,采用以下示例确定其他传输时间单元对应的反馈时间单元。 In an optional implementation manner, the multiple transmission time units for repeated PDSCH transmission include a third transmission time unit and a fourth transmission time unit. The downlink control information indicates a feedback timing K 1 ; the feedback timing K 1 is the feedback timing of the third transmission time unit. Third transmission time units corresponding to the feedback time units, K 1 is the first time unit after the transmission time of the third unit, referred to as a third feedback unit time. Further, the following example can be used to determine the feedback time unit corresponding to other transmission time units through protocol predefinition or RRC configuration.
在一个示例中,第三传输时间单元到该第四传输时间的时序偏移为K 2;第四传输时间单元对应的反馈时间单元为:第三反馈时间单元之后的第K 2个上行时间单元。其中,所述第三传输时间单元为重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元中时域位置最靠前的时间单元。 In one example, the third transmission time unit of the timing to a fourth transmission time offset K 2; corresponding to a fourth transmission unit time of the feedback time unit: K 2 upstream of the third feedback time units after the time unit . Wherein, the third transmission time unit is a time unit with the highest position in the time domain among multiple transmission time units for repeated transmission of the PDSCH.
请参阅图28,图28为本申请实施例提供的一种反馈时隙确定方法的示例图。如图28所示,重复传输PDSCH的多个时隙分别为时隙0、1、2、3,下行控制信息指示的反馈时序为4,则时隙0对应的反馈时隙为上行时隙4。这样,结合上述实施方式可知,时隙0到时隙1的时序偏移为1,则时隙1对应的反馈时隙为:反馈时隙4之后的第1个上行时隙,即上行时隙6;时隙0到时隙2的时序偏移为2,则时隙2对应的反馈时隙为:反馈时隙4之后的第2个上行时隙,即上行时隙8;时隙0到时隙3的时序偏移为3,则时隙3对应的反馈时隙为:反馈时隙4之后的第3个上行时隙,即上行时隙9。Please refer to FIG. 28. FIG. 28 is an example diagram of a method for determining a feedback time slot according to an embodiment of the application. As shown in Figure 28, the multiple time slots for repeated PDSCH transmission are time slots 0, 1, 2, and 3, respectively. The feedback timing indicated by the downlink control information is 4, and the feedback time slot corresponding to time slot 0 is uplink time slot 4. . In this way, in combination with the above implementation, it can be known that the timing offset from time slot 0 to time slot 1 is 1, and the feedback time slot corresponding to time slot 1 is: the first uplink time slot after feedback time slot 4, that is, the uplink time slot 6; the timing offset from time slot 0 to time slot 2 is 2, then the feedback time slot corresponding to time slot 2 is: the second uplink time slot after feedback time slot 4, namely uplink time slot 8; time slot 0 to The timing offset of time slot 3 is 3, then the feedback time slot corresponding to time slot 3 is: the third uplink time slot after feedback time slot 4, that is, uplink time slot 9.
可见,图28所示的实施方式中,每个传输时间单元均对应一个反馈时间单元,因此,每个反馈时间单元的反馈窗口均包含一个传输时间单元。图28中不再标注对应的反馈窗口。It can be seen that, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 28, each transmission time unit corresponds to a feedback time unit. Therefore, the feedback window of each feedback time unit includes one transmission time unit. The corresponding feedback window is no longer marked in Figure 28.
在另一个示例中,第三传输时间单元到该第四传输时间的时序偏移为K 2;第四传输时间单元对应的反馈时间单元为:第三反馈时间单元之前的第K 2个上行时间单元。其中,所述第三传输时间单元为重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元中时域位置最靠后的时间单元。 In another example, the third to the fourth transmission time timing unit transmission time offset K 2; corresponding to a fourth transmission unit time of the feedback time unit: K 2 upstream of a third time before the feedback time unit unit. Wherein, the third transmission time unit is the time unit with the lowest position in the time domain among the multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH.
其中,时域位置最靠前的传输时间单元与第三反馈时间单元之间具有的上行时间单元个数可能较少,无法实现传输时间单元与上行时间单元之间的一一对应,或每个传输时间单元都有对应的不同的反馈时间单元。此时,可通过协议约定,剩余的传输时间单元对应同一个上行时间单元,将该上行时间单元作为剩余的多个传输时间单元对应的反馈时间单元。Among them, the number of uplink time units between the transmission time unit with the highest position in the time domain and the third feedback time unit may be small, and it is impossible to achieve a one-to-one correspondence between the transmission time unit and the uplink time unit, or each The transmission time units have corresponding different feedback time units. At this time, it can be agreed by agreement that the remaining transmission time units correspond to the same uplink time unit, and the uplink time unit is used as the feedback time unit corresponding to the remaining multiple transmission time units.
假设上述所述的传输时间单元为时隙,反馈时间单元为时隙,称为反馈时隙。请参阅图29,图29为本申请实施例提供的一种反馈时隙确定方法的示例图。如图29所示,重复传输PDSCH的多个时隙分别为时隙0、1、2、3,下行控制信息指示的反馈时序为3,则时隙3对应的反馈时隙为上行时隙6。这样,结合上述实施方式可知,时隙3到时隙2的时序偏移为1,则时隙2对应的反馈时隙为:反馈时隙6之前的第1个上行时隙,即上行时隙4。Assuming that the aforementioned transmission time unit is a time slot, and the feedback time unit is a time slot, it is called a feedback time slot. Please refer to FIG. 29. FIG. 29 is an example diagram of a method for determining a feedback time slot according to an embodiment of the application. As shown in Figure 29, the multiple time slots for repeated PDSCH transmission are time slots 0, 1, 2, and 3, respectively. The feedback timing indicated by the downlink control information is 3, and the feedback time slot corresponding to time slot 3 is uplink time slot 6. . In this way, in combination with the above implementation, it can be seen that the timing offset from time slot 3 to time slot 2 is 1, and the feedback time slot corresponding to time slot 2 is: the first uplink time slot before feedback time slot 6, that is, the uplink time slot 4.
如图29所示,由于时隙0与上行时隙6之间只有一个上行时隙4,故剩余的时隙0、1、2对应同一个上行时隙4,即上行时隙4作为该三个时隙对应的反馈时隙。As shown in Figure 29, since there is only one uplink time slot 4 between time slot 0 and uplink time slot 6, the remaining time slots 0, 1, and 2 correspond to the same uplink time slot 4, that is, uplink time slot 4 is used as the three The feedback time slot corresponding to each time slot.
图29所示的实施方式中,存在多个传输时间单元对应一个反馈时间单元。如图29所示,反馈时隙4的反馈窗口包括时隙0、1、2;反馈时隙6的反馈窗口包括时隙3。In the embodiment shown in FIG. 29, there are multiple transmission time units corresponding to one feedback time unit. As shown in FIG. 29, the feedback window of feedback time slot 4 includes time slots 0, 1, and 2; the feedback window of feedback time slot 6 includes time slot 3.
在另一种可选的实施方式中,所述下行控制信息指示多个反馈时序;所述多个反馈时序中,一个所述反馈时序对应重复传输所述PDSCH的一个或多个传输时间单元。In another optional implementation manner, the downlink control information indicates multiple feedback timings; among the multiple feedback timings, one of the feedback timings corresponds to one or more transmission time units for repeatedly transmitting the PDSCH.
其中,多个传输时间单元具有一个反馈时序K i时,该多个传输时间单元对应的反馈时间单元,为该多个传输时间单元中时域位置最靠后的传输时间单元之后,第K i个时间单元。 After which, a plurality of transmission time units after the unit has a transmission time of a feedback timing when the K i, the plurality of time units corresponding to the feedback transmission time unit, the transmission time for a plurality of time-domain units rearmost position, the K i Time units.
在又一种可选的实施方式中,至少两个传输时间单元集合包括第一传输时间单元集合 和第二传输时间单元集合;所述至少两个传输时间单元集合是利用时域位置的先后顺序,对重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元进行划分获得的。所述下行控制信息指示一个反馈时序K 1,所述反馈时序K 1是所述第一传输时间单元集合的反馈时序。第一传输时间单元集合对应的反馈时间单元,是该第一传输时间单元集合中时域位置最靠后的传输时间单元之后第K 1个时间单元,记为第三反馈时间单元。进一步,可通过协议预定义或RRC配置,采用以下示例确定其他传输时间单元对应的反馈时间单元。 In yet another optional implementation manner, the at least two transmission time unit sets include a first transmission time unit set and a second transmission time unit set; the at least two transmission time unit sets use a sequence of time domain positions , Obtained by dividing multiple transmission time units for repeated transmission of the PDSCH. The downlink control information indicates a feedback timing K 1 , and the feedback timing K 1 is the feedback timing of the first transmission time unit set. A first transmission time unit corresponding to the set feedback time units, K 1 is the first time unit after the transmission time units after the time position of the time-domain transmission unit closest to the first set, referred to as a third feedback unit time. Further, the following example can be used to determine the feedback time unit corresponding to other transmission time units through protocol predefinition or RRC configuration.
在一个示例中,所述至少两个传输时间单元集合还包括第二传输时间单元集合。第一传输时间单元集合到第二传输时间单元集合的时序集合偏移为K 2;第二传输时间单元集合对应的反馈时间单元为:第三反馈时间单元之后的第K 2个上行时间单元。其中,所述第一传输时间单元集合是所述至少两个传输时间单元集合中,时域位置最靠前的传输时间单元集合。 In an example, the at least two transmission time unit sets further include a second transmission time unit set. A first set of transmission time to the timing of the second unit cell transmission time offset of a set of K 2 is set; second transmission time unit corresponding to the set feedback time unit: K 2 upstream of the third feedback time units after the time unit. Wherein, the first transmission time unit set is the transmission time unit set with the highest position in the time domain among the at least two transmission time unit sets.
其中,时序集合偏移是指基于时域位置排列的至少两个传输时间单元集合中,第一传输时间单元集合到第二传输时间单元集合之间的集合偏移。The timing set offset refers to the set offset between the first set of transmission time units and the second set of transmission time units in at least two sets of transmission time units arranged based on time domain positions.
例如,假设上述所述的传输时间单元为时隙,相应的,传输时间单元集合为时隙集合。如图30所示,时隙0、1构成第一时隙集合,时隙2、3构成第二时隙集合。下行控制信息包含的一个反馈时序为3,该反馈时序3为第一时隙集合的反馈时序,则基于该反馈时序3确定第一时隙集合对应的反馈时隙为上行时隙4。For example, assuming that the aforementioned transmission time unit is a time slot, correspondingly, the transmission time unit set is a time slot set. As shown in Fig. 30, time slots 0 and 1 constitute a first time slot set, and time slots 2, 3 constitute a second time slot set. One feedback timing included in the downlink control information is 3, and the feedback timing 3 is the feedback timing of the first time slot set. Based on the feedback timing 3, it is determined that the feedback time slot corresponding to the first time slot set is the uplink time slot 4.
第一时隙集合到第二时隙集合之间的时序集合偏移为1;则第二时隙集合对应的反馈时隙为:上行时隙4之后的第1个上行时隙,即上行时隙6。相应的,反馈时隙4的反馈窗口包括时隙0、1。反馈时隙6的反馈窗口包括时隙2、3。The time sequence set offset between the first time slot set and the second time slot set is 1; the feedback time slot corresponding to the second time slot set is: the first uplink time slot after uplink time slot 4, that is, the uplink time Gap 6. Correspondingly, the feedback window of feedback time slot 4 includes time slots 0 and 1. The feedback window of feedback slot 6 includes slots 2 and 3.
在另一个示例中,所述至少两个传输时间单元集合还包括第二传输时间单元集合。第一传输时间单元集合到第二传输时间单元集合的时序集合偏移为K 2;第二传输时间单元集合对应的反馈时间单元为:第三反馈时间单元之前的第K 2个上行时间单元。其中,所述第一传输时间单元集合是所述至少两个传输时间单元集合中,时域位置最靠后的传输时间单元集合。 In another example, the at least two transmission time unit sets further include a second transmission time unit set. A first set of transmission time to the timing of the second unit cell transmission time offset of a set of K 2 is set; second transmission time unit corresponding to the set feedback time unit: time units before the third feedback upstream of K 2 time units. Wherein, the first transmission time unit set is the transmission time unit set with the lowest position in the time domain among the at least two transmission time unit sets.
例如,假设上述所述的传输时间单元为时隙,相应的,传输时间单元集合为时隙集合。如图31所示,时隙0、1构成第二时隙集合,时隙2、3构成第一时隙集合。下行控制信息包含的一个反馈时序为3,该反馈时序3为第一时隙集合对应的反馈时序,因此,第一时隙集合对应的反馈时隙为上行时隙6。For example, assuming that the aforementioned transmission time unit is a time slot, correspondingly, the transmission time unit set is a time slot set. As shown in Fig. 31, time slots 0 and 1 constitute the second time slot set, and time slots 2, 3 constitute the first time slot set. One feedback time sequence included in the downlink control information is 3, and the feedback time sequence 3 is the feedback time sequence corresponding to the first time slot set. Therefore, the feedback time slot corresponding to the first time slot set is uplink time slot 6.
其中,第一时隙集合到第二时隙集合的时序集合偏移为1,则第二时隙集合对应的反馈时隙为:上行时隙6之前的第1个上行时隙,即上行时隙4。相应的,反馈时隙4的反馈窗口包括时隙0、1。反馈时隙6的反馈窗口包括时隙2、3。Among them, the time sequence set offset from the first time slot set to the second time slot set is 1, and the feedback time slot corresponding to the second time slot set is: the first uplink time slot before uplink time slot 6, that is, the uplink time Gap 4. Correspondingly, the feedback window of feedback time slot 4 includes time slots 0 and 1. The feedback window of feedback slot 6 includes slots 2 and 3.
在又一种可选的实施方式中,至少两个传输时间单元集合包括第一传输时间单元集合和第二传输时间单元集合;所述至少两个传输时间单元集合是利用时域位置的先后顺序,对重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元进行划分获得的。In yet another optional implementation manner, the at least two transmission time unit sets include a first transmission time unit set and a second transmission time unit set; the at least two transmission time unit sets use a sequence of time domain positions , Obtained by dividing multiple transmission time units for repeated transmission of the PDSCH.
所述下行控制信息指示多个反馈时序;一个反馈时序对应一个传输时间单元集合。The downlink control information indicates multiple feedback timings; one feedback timing corresponds to a transmission time unit set.
比如,第一传输时间单元集合对应的反馈时序为Ki,则第一传输时间单元集合对应的反馈时间单元,为第一传输时间单元集合中时域位置最靠后的传输时间单元之后,第Ki 时间单元。For example, if the feedback timing corresponding to the first transmission time unit set is Ki, then the feedback time unit corresponding to the first transmission time unit set is the second transmission time unit after the last transmission time unit in the time domain in the first transmission time unit set. Time unit.
重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元的集合划分方式或所属的各传输时间单元集合,可以通过协议预定义、RRC配置或下行控制信息指示的方式进行确定,本申请不做限定。The set division manner of multiple transmission time units for repeated transmission of the PDSCH or the respective transmission time unit sets to which they belong can be determined through protocol predefinition, RRC configuration, or downlink control information indication, which is not limited in this application.
可见,该实施方式中,所划分的时隙集合中的时隙,与该时隙集合对应的反馈时隙的反馈窗口中的时隙相同。从而,可以基于上述反馈信息处理方法发送或接收反馈信息。It can be seen that in this embodiment, the time slots in the divided time slot set are the same as the time slots in the feedback window of the feedback time slot corresponding to the time slot set. Thus, feedback information can be sent or received based on the above feedback information processing method.
图32示出了上述实施例中所涉及的终端的一种可能的设计结构的简化示意图,所述终端可以是如图2所示中的终端。该终端至少包括收发器501和控制器/处理器502。FIG. 32 shows a simplified schematic diagram of a possible design structure of the terminal involved in the foregoing embodiment. The terminal may be the terminal shown in FIG. 2. The terminal includes at least a transceiver 501 and a controller/processor 502.
控制器/处理器502,用于至少根据第一传输时间单元重复传输的物理下行共享信道PDSCH计算HARQ-ACK信息;The controller/processor 502 is configured to calculate HARQ-ACK information at least according to the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH repeatedly transmitted by the first transmission time unit;
收发器501,用于在第一反馈时间单元上发送所述HARQ-ACK信息;The transceiver 501 is configured to send the HARQ-ACK information in the first feedback time unit;
所述第一反馈时间单元,为重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元对应至少两个反馈时间单元中的任一个;The first feedback time unit is any one of at least two feedback time units corresponding to multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH;
所述第一传输时间单元,是所述第一反馈时间单元的反馈窗口中,重复传输所述PDSCH的最后一个传输时间单元。The first transmission time unit is the last transmission time unit in which the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit.
关于收发器501具体如何发送该HARQ-ACK信息,控制器/处理器502如何确定PDSCH接收时机,以及控制器/处理器502如何确定至少两个反馈时间单元可以参见前面方法实施例中的描述。Regarding how the transceiver 501 specifically sends the HARQ-ACK information, how the controller/processor 502 determines the PDSCH reception timing, and how the controller/processor 502 determines at least two feedback time units, refer to the description in the previous method embodiment.
上述控制器/处理器502的功能可以通过电路实现也可以通过通用硬件执行软件代码实现,当采用后者实现时,终端除了包括前述的收发器501和控制器/处理器502外,还可以包括存储器503,该存储器503用于存储可被控制器/处理器502执行的程序代码。当控制器/处理器502运行存储器503存储的程序代码时就执行前述功能。The functions of the above-mentioned controller/processor 502 can be realized by circuits or by general-purpose hardware executing software codes. When the latter is adopted, the terminal may not only include the aforementioned transceiver 501 and controller/processor 502, but also The memory 503 is used to store program codes that can be executed by the controller/processor 502. When the controller/processor 502 executes the program code stored in the memory 503, the aforementioned functions are executed.
例如,所述控制器/处理器502,还用于确定所述反馈信息为肯定反馈ACK信息;For example, the controller/processor 502 is further configured to determine that the feedback information is positive feedback ACK information;
所述收发器501,还用于在第二反馈时间单元上直接发送所述ACK信息。The transceiver 501 is also configured to directly send the ACK information in the second feedback time unit.
在一种实施方式中,所述收发器501,具体用于在第一反馈时间单元中,第一PDSCH接收时机对应的反馈信息字段上发送所述反馈信息,以及,第二PDSCH接收时机对应的反馈信息字段上发送所述反馈信息;所述第一PDSCH接收时机为所述第一传输时间单元重复传输所述PDSCH对应的PDSCH接收时机;所述第二PDSCH接收时机为第二传输时间单元重复传输所述PDSCH对应的PDSCH接收时机;所述第二传输时间单元在所述第一反馈时间单元的反馈窗口中的时域位置在所述第一传输时间单元之前。In an implementation manner, the transceiver 501 is specifically configured to send the feedback information on the feedback information field corresponding to the first PDSCH reception timing in the first feedback time unit, and the second PDSCH reception timing corresponds to The feedback information is sent in the feedback information field; the first PDSCH reception timing is the first transmission time unit repeated transmission of the PDSCH reception timing corresponding to the PDSCH; the second PDSCH reception timing is the second transmission time unit repeated transmission Transmitting the PDSCH receiving timing corresponding to the PDSCH; the time domain position of the second transmission time unit in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit is before the first transmission time unit.
在一种实施方式中,所述控制器/处理器502,还用于基于多个时域资源分配方式确定所述第一PDSCH接收时机和所述第二PDSCH接收时机;一个所述时域资源分配方式对应一个传输时间单元内传输PDSCH的时域资源;所述传输PDSCH的时域资源为一次传输PDSCH的时域资源或多次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源。In an implementation manner, the controller/processor 502 is further configured to determine the first PDSCH reception timing and the second PDSCH reception timing based on multiple time domain resource allocation modes; one time domain resource The allocation method corresponds to the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH in one transmission time unit; the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH is the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH once or the time domain resource for repeatedly transmitting the PDSCH for multiple times.
在一种实施方式中,所述控制器/处理器502,还用于在一个传输时间单元内多次重复传输PDSCH时,根据所述传输时间单元内第一次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源的最后一个符号,或者所述传输时间单元内最后一次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源的最后一个符号, 确定所述多次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源分配方式的接收时机。In an implementation manner, the controller/processor 502 is further configured to transmit the PDSCH repeatedly in a transmission time unit according to the time domain resource of the first repeated transmission of the PDSCH in the transmission time unit. The last symbol, or the last symbol of the time domain resource of the last repeated transmission of the PDSCH in the transmission time unit, determines the receiving timing of the time domain resource allocation mode of the multiple repeated transmission of the PDSCH.
在一种实施方式中,所述控制器/处理器502,还用于基于下行控制信息指示的一个反馈时序或多个反馈时序确定所述至少两个反馈时间单元。In an implementation manner, the controller/processor 502 is further configured to determine the at least two feedback time units based on one feedback timing or multiple feedback timings indicated by the downlink control information.
进一步地,终端还可以包括编码器5041、调制器5042、解调器5044和解码器5043。编码器5041用于获取第一终端将要发给网络侧设备或者其他终端的数据/信令,并对该数据/信令进行编码。调制器5042对编码器5041编码后的数据/信令进行调制后传递给收发器501,由收发器501发送给网络侧设备或者其他终端。Further, the terminal may further include an encoder 5041, a modulator 5042, a demodulator 5044, and a decoder 5043. The encoder 5041 is configured to obtain the data/signaling to be sent by the first terminal to the network side device or other terminals, and encode the data/signaling. The modulator 5042 modulates the data/signaling encoded by the encoder 5041 and transmits it to the transceiver 501, which is then sent to the network side device or other terminal.
解调器5044用于获取网络侧设备或者其他终端发送给终端的数据/信令,并进行解调。解码器5043用于对解调器5044解调后的数据/信令进行解码。The demodulator 5044 is used to obtain and demodulate the data/signaling sent by the network side device or other terminal to the terminal. The decoder 5043 is used to decode the data/signaling demodulated by the demodulator 5044.
上述编码器5041、调制器5042、解调器5044和解码器5043可以由合成的调制解调处理器504来实现。这些单元根据无线接入网采用的无线接入技术(例如,LTE及其他演进系统的接入技术)来进行处理。The aforementioned encoder 5041, modulator 5042, demodulator 5044, and decoder 5043 may be implemented by a synthesized modem processor 504. These units are processed according to the wireless access technology adopted by the wireless access network (for example, the access technology of LTE and other evolved systems).
控制器/处理器502对终端的动作进行控制管理,以使各个器件配合实现上述方法实施例中终端执行的步骤。例如,所述控制器/处理器502可以用于确定重复传输PDSCH的HARQ-ACK信息,指示所述收发器501在第一反馈时间单元和第二反馈时间单元的至少一个上,向网络设备发送HARQ-ACK信息。作为示例,控制器/处理器502用于支持终端执行图13、图18、图16、图20或图23中涉及终端处理的内容。The controller/processor 502 controls and manages the actions of the terminal, so that various devices cooperate to implement the steps executed by the terminal in the foregoing method embodiments. For example, the controller/processor 502 may be configured to determine HARQ-ACK information for repeated PDSCH transmission, and instruct the transceiver 501 to send to the network device on at least one of the first feedback time unit and the second feedback time unit HARQ-ACK information. As an example, the controller/processor 502 is used to support the terminal to execute content related to terminal processing in FIG. 13, FIG. 18, FIG. 16, FIG. 20, or FIG.
根据前述方法,请参阅图33,图33为本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图,如可以为基站的结构示意图。如图33所示,该基站可应用于如图1或图2所示的系统中。基站包括一个或多个射频单元,如远端射频单元(remote radio unit,RRU)601和一个或多个基带单元(baseband unit,BBU)(也可称为数字单元,digital unit,DU)602。所述RRU601可以称为收发单元、收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等等,其可以包括至少一个天线6011和射频单元6012。所述RRU201部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换,例如用于向终端设备发送上述实施例中所述的下行控制相关参数,或者,接收终端发送的上述各种上行信道。所述BBU602部分主要用于进行基带处理,对基站进行控制等。所述RRU601与BBU602可以是物理上设置在一起,也可以物理上分离设置的,即分布式基站。According to the foregoing method, please refer to FIG. 33. FIG. 33 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the application, for example, a schematic structural diagram of a base station. As shown in Figure 33, the base station can be applied to the system shown in Figure 1 or Figure 2. The base station includes one or more radio frequency units, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) 601 and one or more baseband units (BBU) (also referred to as digital unit, DU) 602. The RRU 601 may be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., and it may include at least one antenna 6011 and a radio frequency unit 6012. The RRU201 part is mainly used for the transmission and reception of radio frequency signals and the conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals. For example, it is used to send the downlink control related parameters described in the above embodiments to the terminal equipment, or to receive the various uplink channels sent by the terminal . The BBU602 part is mainly used to perform baseband processing, control the base station, and so on. The RRU 601 and the BBU 602 may be physically set together, or may be physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.
所述BBU602为基站的控制中心,也可以称为处理单元,主要用于完成基带处理功能,如信道编码,复用,调制,扩频等等。例如所述BBU(处理单元)可以用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中关于网络设备的操作流程。The BBU 602 is the control center of the base station, and may also be called a processing unit, which is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions, such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, and spreading. For example, the BBU (processing unit) may be used to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
在一个示例中,所述BBU602可以由一个或多个单板构成,多个单板可以共同支持单一接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE网),也可以分别支持不同接入制式的无线接入网。所述BBU602还包括存储器6021和处理器6022。所述存储器6021用以存储必要的指令和数据。例如存储器6021存储上述实施例中的下行控制相关参数等。所述处理器6022用于控制基站进行必要的动作,例如用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中关于网络设备的操作流程。所述存储器6021和处理器6022可以服务于一个或多个单板。也就是说,可以每个单板上单独设置存储器和处理器。也可以是多个单板共用相同的存储器和处理器。此外每个单板上还可以设置有必要的电路。其中:In an example, the BBU 602 may be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple single boards may jointly support a wireless access network with a single access standard (such as an LTE network), or can support wireless access networks with different access standards. Access Network. The BBU 602 further includes a memory 6021 and a processor 6022. The memory 6021 is used to store necessary instructions and data. For example, the memory 6021 stores the downlink control related parameters in the foregoing embodiment. The processor 6022 is configured to control the base station to perform necessary actions, for example, to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment. The memory 6021 and the processor 6022 may serve one or more single boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can be provided on each board. among them:
收发器,用于接收终端在第一反馈时间单元上发送的HARQ-ACK信息;所述第一反馈时间单元,为重复传输物理下行共享信道PDSCH的多个传输时间单元对应的至少两个反馈时间单元中的任一个;The transceiver is configured to receive the HARQ-ACK information sent by the terminal on the first feedback time unit; the first feedback time unit is at least two feedback times corresponding to multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH Any one of the units;
处理器,用于确定所述HARQ-ACK信息至少为第一传输时间单元重复传输的所述PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK信息;所述第一传输时间单元,是所述第一反馈时间单元的反馈窗口中,重复传输所述PDSCH的最后一个传输时间单元。A processor, configured to determine that the HARQ-ACK information is at least HARQ-ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH that is repeatedly transmitted by a first transmission time unit; the first transmission time unit is the feedback of the first feedback time unit In the window, the last transmission time unit of the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted.
关于收发器具体如何接收该HARQ-ACK信息,控制器/处理器如何确定PDSCH接收时机以及控制器/处理器如何确定至少两个反馈时间单元可以参见前面方法实施例中的描述。例如:Regarding how the transceiver specifically receives the HARQ-ACK information, how the controller/processor determines the PDSCH reception timing, and how the controller/processor determines at least two feedback time units can refer to the description in the previous method embodiment. E.g:
在一种实施方式中,所述收发器,还用于接收所述终端在所述第二反馈时间单元上发送的肯定反馈ACK信息;所述处理器,还用于确定所述ACK信息至少为所述第一传输时间单元重复传输的所述PDSCH对应的ACK信息。In an implementation manner, the transceiver is further configured to receive positive feedback ACK information sent by the terminal on the second feedback time unit; the processor is further configured to determine that the ACK information is at least ACK information corresponding to the PDSCH repeatedly transmitted by the first transmission time unit.
在一种实施方式中,所述收发器,还用于在一个所述传输时间单元内,重复传输所述PDSCH一次或多次。In an embodiment, the transceiver is further configured to repeatedly transmit the PDSCH one or more times within one transmission time unit.
在一种实施方式中,所述收发器,具体用于接收终端在第一反馈时间单元中,第一PDSCH接收时机对应的反馈信息字段上发送的所述反馈信息,以及,第二PDSCH接收时机对应的反馈信息字段上接收所述反馈信息;所述第一PDSCH接收时机为所述第一传输时间单元重复传输所述PDSCH对应的PDSCH接收时机;所述第二PDSCH接收时机为第二传输时间单元重复传输所述PDSCH对应的PDSCH接收时机;所述第二传输时间单元在所述第一反馈时间单元的反馈窗口中的时域位置在所述第一传输时间单元之前。In an implementation manner, the transceiver is specifically configured to receive the feedback information sent by the terminal in the feedback information field corresponding to the first PDSCH reception timing in the first feedback time unit, and the second PDSCH reception timing The feedback information is received on the corresponding feedback information field; the first PDSCH reception time is the first transmission time unit to repeatedly transmit the PDSCH reception time corresponding to the PDSCH; the second PDSCH reception time is the second transmission time The unit repeatedly transmits the PDSCH reception timing corresponding to the PDSCH; the time domain position of the second transmission time unit in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit is before the first transmission time unit.
在一种实施方式中,所述处理器,还用于基于多个时域资源分配方式确定所述第一PDSCH接收时机和所述第二PDSCH接收时机;一个所述时域资源分配方式对应一个传输时间单元内传输PDSCH的时域资源;所述传输PDSCH的时域资源为一次传输PDSCH的时域资源或多次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源。In an implementation manner, the processor is further configured to determine the first PDSCH reception timing and the second PDSCH reception timing based on multiple time domain resource allocation modes; one time domain resource allocation mode corresponds to one The time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH in the transmission time unit; the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH is the time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH once or the time domain resource for repeatedly transmitting the PDSCH for multiple times.
在一种实施方式中,所述处理器,用于在一个传输时间单元内多次重复传输PDSCH时,根据所述传输时间单元内第一次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源的最后一个符号,或者所述传输时间单元内最后一次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源的最后一个符号,确定所述时域资源分配方式的接收时机。In an implementation manner, the processor is configured to transmit the PDSCH repeatedly for multiple times in a transmission time unit, according to the last symbol of the time domain resource of the PDSCH for the first repeated transmission in the transmission time unit, or The last symbol of the time domain resource for the last repeated transmission of the PDSCH in the transmission time unit determines the receiving timing of the time domain resource allocation mode.
在一种实施方式中,所述处理器,还用于基于下行控制信息指示的一个反馈时序或多个反馈时序确定所述至少两个反馈时间单元。In an implementation manner, the processor is further configured to determine the at least two feedback time units based on one feedback time sequence or multiple feedback time sequences indicated by the downlink control information.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统,其包括前述的至少一个终端设备和至少一个的网络设备。应理解,在本申请实施例中,处理器可以是中央处理单元(Central Processing Unit,简称为“CPU”),该处理器还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。According to the method provided in the embodiment of the present application, the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes the aforementioned at least one terminal device and at least one network device. It should be understood that, in the embodiments of the present application, the processor may be a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, referred to as "CPU"), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSP), and dedicated integration Circuit (ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
该存储器可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器,并向处理器提供指令和数据。存储器的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器。The memory may include read-only memory and random access memory, and provides instructions and data to the processor. A part of the memory may also include a non-volatile random access memory.
该总线系统除包括数据总线之外,还可以包括电源总线、控制总线和状态信号总线等。但是为了清楚说明起见,在图中将各种总线都标为总线系统。In addition to the data bus, the bus system may also include a power bus, a control bus, and a status signal bus. However, for the sake of clarity, various buses are marked as bus systems in the figure.
在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。为避免重复,这里不再详细描述。In the implementation process, the steps of the above method can be completed by hardware integrated logic circuits in the processor or instructions in the form of software. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor. The software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. In order to avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
还应理解,本文中涉及的第一、第二、第三、第四以及各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分,并不用来限制本发明实施例的范围。It should also be understood that the first, second, third, fourth, and various numerical numbers involved in this specification are only for easy distinction for description, and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present invention.
应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本发明实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that in the various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes does not mean the order of execution. The execution order of the processes should be determined by their functions and internal logic, and should not be used in the embodiments of the present invention. The implementation process constitutes any limitation.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各种说明性逻辑块(illustrative logical block)和步骤(step),能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本发明的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art may realize that the various illustrative logical blocks and steps described in the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. achieve. Whether these functions are executed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered as going beyond the scope of the present invention.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and conciseness of description, the specific working process of the above-described system, device, and unit can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components can be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
另外,在本发明各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, the functional units in the various embodiments of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本发明实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、 数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘Solid State Disk(SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented by software, it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present invention are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center. Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center via wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD)).
以上所述,仅为本发明的具体实施方式,但本发明的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本发明揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本发明的保护范围之内。因此,本发明的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific embodiments of the present invention, but the protection scope of the present invention is not limited thereto. Any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed by the present invention. It should be covered within the protection scope of the present invention. Therefore, the protection scope of the present invention should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (69)

  1. 一种反馈信息处理方法,其特征在于,包括:A feedback information processing method, characterized in that it comprises:
    终端至少根据第一传输时间单元重复传输的物理下行共享信道PDSCH计算反馈信息;The terminal calculates feedback information at least according to the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH repeatedly transmitted by the first transmission time unit;
    所述终端在第一反馈时间单元上发送所述反馈信息;Sending, by the terminal, the feedback information on the first feedback time unit;
    所述第一反馈时间单元为重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元对应至少两个反馈时间单元中的任一个;The first feedback time unit is any one of at least two feedback time units corresponding to multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH;
    所述第一传输时间单元,是所述第一反馈时间单元的反馈窗口中,重复传输所述PDSCH的最后一个传输时间单元。The first transmission time unit is the last transmission time unit in which the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 1, wherein:
    所述至少两个反馈时间单元包括第二反馈时间单元;The at least two feedback time units include a second feedback time unit;
    所述第一反馈时间单元的时域位置在所述第二反馈时间单元的时域位置之前。The time domain position of the first feedback time unit is before the time domain position of the second feedback time unit.
  3. 如权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 2, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述反馈信息为肯定反馈ACK信息,所述终端在所述第二反馈时间单元上直接发送所述ACK信息。The feedback information is positive feedback ACK information, and the terminal directly sends the ACK information in the second feedback time unit.
  4. 如权利要求1至3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein:
    在一个所述传输时间单元内,重复传输所述PDSCH的次数为一次或多次。Within one transmission time unit, the number of repeated transmissions of the PDSCH is one or more times.
  5. 如权利要求1至4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端在第一反馈时间单元上发送所述反馈信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the sending of the feedback information by the terminal on the first feedback time unit comprises:
    所述终端在第一反馈时间单元中,第一PDSCH接收时机对应的反馈信息字段上发送所述反馈信息,以及,第二PDSCH接收时机对应的反馈信息字段上发送所述反馈信息;The terminal sends the feedback information in the feedback information field corresponding to the first PDSCH receiving opportunity in the first feedback time unit, and sends the feedback information in the feedback information field corresponding to the second PDSCH receiving opportunity;
    所述第一PDSCH接收时机为所述第一传输时间单元重复传输所述PDSCH对应的PDSCH接收时机;The first PDSCH reception timing is the PDSCH reception timing corresponding to the PDSCH repeated transmission of the first transmission time unit;
    所述第二PDSCH接收时机为第二传输时间单元重复传输所述PDSCH对应的PDSCH接收时机;The second PDSCH reception timing is a second transmission time unit to repeatedly transmit the PDSCH reception timing corresponding to the PDSCH;
    所述第二传输时间单元在所述第一反馈时间单元的反馈窗口中的时域位置在所述第一传输时间单元之前。The time domain position of the second transmission time unit in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit is before the first transmission time unit.
  6. 如权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 5, wherein:
    所述第一PDSCH接收时机和所述第二PDSCH接收时机是基于多个时域资源分配方式确定的;The first PDSCH receiving timing and the second PDSCH receiving timing are determined based on multiple time domain resource allocation modes;
    一个所述时域资源分配方式对应一个传输时间单元内传输PDSCH的时域资源;One of the time-domain resource allocation modes corresponds to the time-domain resource for transmitting PDSCH in a transmission time unit;
    所述传输PDSCH的时域资源为一次传输PDSCH的时域资源或多次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源。The time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH is a time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH once or a time domain resource for repeatedly transmitting the PDSCH for multiple times.
  7. 如权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,一个传输时间单元内多次重复传输PDSCH时,The method according to claim 6, wherein when the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted multiple times within one transmission time unit,
    根据所述传输时间单元内第一次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源的最后一个符号,或者所述传输时间单元内最后一次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源的最后一个符号,确定所述多次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源分配方式的接收时机。Determine the multiple repeated transmissions according to the last symbol of the time domain resource for the first repeated transmission of the PDSCH in the transmission time unit, or the last symbol of the time domain resource for the last repeated transmission of the PDSCH in the transmission time unit The timing of the time domain resource allocation of PDSCH.
  8. 如权利要求1至4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少两个反馈时间单元是基于下行控制信息指示的一个反馈时序或多个反馈时序确定的。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the at least two feedback time units are determined based on one feedback time sequence or multiple feedback time sequences indicated by downlink control information.
  9. 如权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述下行控制信息指示一个反馈时序K 1;所述反馈时序K 1是第三传输时间单元的反馈时序;所述第三传输时间单元对应的第三反馈时间单元,是所述第三传输时间单元之后第K 1个时间单元; The method according to claim 8, wherein the downlink control information indicates a feedback timing K 1 ; the feedback timing K 1 is the feedback timing of the third transmission time unit; the third transmission time unit corresponds to third feedback unit time, K 1 is the first time unit after the third transmission time unit;
    所述第三传输时间单元到第四传输时间的时序偏移为K 2;所述K 1、K 2为大于或等于1的整数;所述第四传输时间单元为重复传输所述PDSCH的传输时间单元; The timing offset from the third transmission time unit to the fourth transmission time is K 2 ; the K 1 and K 2 are integers greater than or equal to 1; the fourth transmission time unit is a transmission that repeatedly transmits the PDSCH Time unit
    所述第三传输时间单元为重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元中时域位置最靠后的时间单元;所述第四传输时间单元对应的反馈时间单元为:所述第三反馈时间单元之前的第K 2个上行时间单元;或者 The third transmission time unit is the time unit with the lowest position in the time domain among multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH; the feedback time unit corresponding to the fourth transmission time unit is: the third feedback time K 2 of the previous unit time units upstream; or
    所述第三传输时间单元为重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元中时域位置最靠前的时间单元;第四传输时间单元对应的反馈时间单元为:第三反馈时间单元之后的第K 2个上行时间单元。 The third transmission time unit is the first time unit of the multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH; the feedback time unit corresponding to the fourth transmission time unit is: the first time after the third feedback time unit K 2 upstream time units.
  10. 如权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述下行控制信息指示多个反馈时序;The method according to claim 8, wherein the downlink control information indicates multiple feedback timings;
    所述多个反馈时序中,一个所述反馈时序对应重复传输所述PDSCH的一个或多个传输时间单元。Among the multiple feedback timings, one of the feedback timings corresponds to one or more transmission time units for repeatedly transmitting the PDSCH.
  11. 如权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,第一传输时间单元集合和第二传输时间单元集合是利用时域位置的先后顺序,对重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元进行划分获得的;The method according to claim 8, wherein the first transmission time unit set and the second transmission time unit set are obtained by dividing the multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH by using the sequence of time domain positions of;
    所述下行控制信息指示一个反馈时序K 1,所述反馈时序K 1是所述第一传输时间单元集合的反馈时序;所述第一传输时间单元集合对应的第三反馈时间单元,是该第一传输时间单元集合中时域位置最靠后的传输时间单元之后的第K 1个时间单元; The downlink control information indicates a feedback timing K 1 , the feedback timing K 1 is the feedback timing of the first transmission time unit set; the third feedback time unit corresponding to the first transmission time unit set is the second The K 1 time unit after the transmission time unit with the lowest position in the time domain in a transmission time unit set;
    所述第一传输时间单元集合到所述第二传输时间单元集合的时序集合偏移为K 2;所述K 1、K 2为大于或等于1的整数; The timing set offset from the first transmission time unit set to the second transmission time unit set is K 2 ; the K 1 and K 2 are integers greater than or equal to 1;
    所述第一传输时间单元集合是所述至少两个传输时间单元集合中,时域位置最靠前的传输时间单元集合;第二传输时间单元集合对应的反馈时间单元为:第三反馈时间单元之后的第K 2个上行时间单元;或者 The first set of transmission time units is the set of transmission time units with the highest position in the time domain among the at least two sets of transmission time units; the feedback time unit corresponding to the second transmission time unit set is: the third feedback time unit of K 2 time units after the uplink; or
    所述第一传输时间单元集合是所述至少两个传输时间单元集合中,时域位置最靠后的传输时间单元集合;第二传输时间单元集合对应的反馈时间单元为:第三反馈时间单元之 前的第K 2个上行时间单元。 The first transmission time unit set is the transmission time unit set with the lowest position in the time domain among the at least two transmission time unit sets; the feedback time unit corresponding to the second transmission time unit set is: the third feedback time unit K 2 before the first uplink time units.
  12. 如权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述下行控制信息指示多个反馈时序;一个反馈时序对应一个传输时间单元集合;The method according to claim 8, wherein the downlink control information indicates multiple feedback timings; one feedback timing corresponds to a transmission time unit set;
    所述至少两个传输时间单元集合是利用时域位置的先后顺序,对重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元进行划分获得的。The at least two transmission time unit sets are obtained by dividing multiple transmission time units for repeated transmission of the PDSCH by using the sequence of time domain positions.
  13. 一种反馈信息处理方法,其特征在于,包括:A feedback information processing method, characterized in that it comprises:
    网络设备接收终端在第一反馈时间单元上发送的反馈信息;所述第一反馈时间单元,为重复传输物理下行共享信道PDSCH的多个传输时间单元对应的至少两个反馈时间单元中的任一个;The network device receives the feedback information sent by the terminal on the first feedback time unit; the first feedback time unit is any one of at least two feedback time units corresponding to multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH ;
    所述网络设备确定所述反馈信息至少为第一传输时间单元重复传输的所述PDSCH对应的反馈信息;所述第一传输时间单元,是所述第一反馈时间单元的反馈窗口中,重复传输所述PDSCH的最后一个传输时间单元。The network device determines that the feedback information is at least the feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH that is repeatedly transmitted by the first transmission time unit; the first transmission time unit is the feedback window of the first feedback time unit that is repeatedly transmitted The last transmission time unit of the PDSCH.
  14. 如权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 13, wherein:
    所述至少两个反馈时间单元包括第二反馈时间单元;The at least two feedback time units include a second feedback time unit;
    所述第一反馈时间单元的时域位置在所述第二反馈时间单元的时域位置之前。The time domain position of the first feedback time unit is before the time domain position of the second feedback time unit.
  15. 如权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 14, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述网络设备接收所述终端在第二反馈时间单元上发送的肯定反馈ACK信息。The network device receives the positive feedback ACK information sent by the terminal in the second feedback time unit.
  16. 如权利要求13至15任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 13 to 15, wherein:
    在一个所述传输时间单元内,重复传输所述PDSCH的次数为一次或多次。Within one transmission time unit, the number of repeated transmissions of the PDSCH is one or more times.
  17. 如权利要求13至16任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络设备接收终端在第一反馈时间单元上发送的反馈信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 13 to 16, wherein the receiving, by the network device, the feedback information sent by the terminal in the first feedback time unit, comprises:
    所述网络设备接收终端在第一反馈时间单元上发送的,第一PDSCH接收时机对应的反馈信息字段上的所述反馈信息,以及,第二PDSCH接收时机对应的反馈信息字段上的所述反馈信息;The network device receives the feedback information on the feedback information field corresponding to the first PDSCH receiving opportunity, and the feedback information on the feedback information field corresponding to the second PDSCH receiving opportunity sent by the terminal in the first feedback time unit information;
    所述第一PDSCH接收时机为所述第一传输时间单元重复传输所述PDSCH对应的PDSCH接收时机;The first PDSCH reception timing is the PDSCH reception timing corresponding to the PDSCH repeated transmission of the first transmission time unit;
    所述第二PDSCH接收时机为第二传输时间单元重复传输所述PDSCH对应的PDSCH接收时机;The second PDSCH reception timing is a second transmission time unit to repeatedly transmit the PDSCH reception timing corresponding to the PDSCH;
    所述第二传输时间单元在所述第一反馈时间单元的反馈窗口中的时域位置在所述第一传输时间单元之前。The time domain position of the second transmission time unit in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit is before the first transmission time unit.
  18. 如权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 17, wherein:
    所述第一PDSCH接收时机和所述第二PDSCH接收时机是基于多个时域资源分配方式确定的;The first PDSCH receiving timing and the second PDSCH receiving timing are determined based on multiple time domain resource allocation modes;
    一个所述时域资源分配方式对应一个传输时间单元内传输PDSCH的时域资源;One of the time-domain resource allocation modes corresponds to the time-domain resource for transmitting PDSCH in a transmission time unit;
    所述传输PDSCH的时域资源为一次传输PDSCH的时域资源或多次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源。The time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH is a time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH once or a time domain resource for repeatedly transmitting the PDSCH for multiple times.
  19. 如权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,一个传输时间单元内多次重复传输PDSCH时,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 18, wherein when the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted multiple times within a transmission time unit, the method further comprises:
    根据所述传输时间单元内第一次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源的最后一个符号,或者所述传输时间单元内最后一次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源的最后一个符号,确定所述时域资源分配方式的接收时机。Determine the time domain resource allocation according to the last symbol of the time domain resource for the first repeated transmission of the PDSCH in the transmission time unit, or the last symbol of the time domain resource for the last repeated transmission of the PDSCH in the transmission time unit The timing of the reception.
  20. 如权利要求13至16任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 13 to 16, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述网络设备发送下行控制信息,所述下行控制信息指示一个反馈时序或多个反馈时序。The network device sends downlink control information, where the downlink control information indicates one feedback timing sequence or multiple feedback timing sequences.
  21. 如权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述下行控制信息指示一个反馈时序K 1;所述反馈时序K 1是第三传输时间单元的反馈时序;所述第三传输时间单元对应的第三反馈时间单元,是所述第三传输时间单元之后第K 1个时间单元; The method of claim 20, wherein the downlink control information indicates a feedback timing K 1 ; the feedback timing K 1 is a feedback timing of a third transmission time unit; and the third transmission time unit corresponds to third feedback unit time, K 1 is the first time unit after the third transmission time unit;
    所述第三传输时间单元到第四传输时间的时序偏移为K 2;所述K 1、K 2为大于或等于1的整数;所述第四传输时间单元为重复传输所述PDSCH的传输时间单元; The timing offset from the third transmission time unit to the fourth transmission time is K 2 ; the K 1 and K 2 are integers greater than or equal to 1; the fourth transmission time unit is a transmission that repeatedly transmits the PDSCH Time unit
    所述第三传输时间单元为重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元中时域位置最靠后的时间单元;所述第四传输时间单元对应的反馈时间单元为:所述第三反馈时间单元之前的第K 2个上行时间单元;或者 The third transmission time unit is the time unit with the lowest position in the time domain among multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH; the feedback time unit corresponding to the fourth transmission time unit is: the third feedback time K 2 of the previous unit time units upstream; or
    所述第三传输时间单元为重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元中时域位置最靠前的时间单元;第四传输时间单元对应的反馈时间单元为:第三反馈时间单元之后的第K 2个上行时间单元。 The third transmission time unit is the first time unit of the multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH; the feedback time unit corresponding to the fourth transmission time unit is: the first time after the third feedback time unit K 2 upstream time units.
  22. 如权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述下行控制信息指示多个反馈时序;The method according to claim 20, wherein the downlink control information indicates multiple feedback timings;
    所述多个反馈时序中,一个所述反馈时序对应重复传输所述PDSCH的一个或多个传输时间单元。Among the multiple feedback timings, one of the feedback timings corresponds to one or more transmission time units for repeatedly transmitting the PDSCH.
  23. 如权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,至少两个传输时间单元集合包括第一传输时间单元集合和第二传输时间单元集合;所述至少两个传输时间单元集合是利用时域位置的先后顺序,对重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元进行划分获得的;The method according to claim 20, wherein the at least two transmission time unit sets include a first transmission time unit set and a second transmission time unit set; the at least two transmission time unit sets use time domain positions The sequence is obtained by dividing multiple transmission time units for repeated transmission of the PDSCH;
    所述下行控制信息指示一个反馈时序K 1,所述反馈时序K 1是所述第一传输时间单元集合的反馈时序;第一传输时间单元集合对应的第三反馈时间单元,是该第一传输时间单元集合中时域位置最靠后的传输时间单元之后第K 1个时间单元; The downlink control information indicates a feedback timing K 1 , the feedback timing K 1 is the feedback timing of the first transmission time unit set; the third feedback time unit corresponding to the first transmission time unit set is the first transmission K 1 units of time after the time set unit transmission time units after the time domain position of the innermost;
    所述第一传输时间单元集合到所述第二传输时间单元集合的时序集合偏移为K 2;所述K 1、K 2为大于或等于1的整数; The timing set offset from the first transmission time unit set to the second transmission time unit set is K 2 ; the K 1 and K 2 are integers greater than or equal to 1;
    所述第一传输时间单元集合是所述至少两个传输时间单元集合中,时域位置最靠前的传输时间单元集合;所述第二传输时间单元集合对应的反馈时间单元为:第三反馈时间单元之后的第K 2个上行时间单元;或者 The first set of transmission time units is the set of transmission time units with the highest position in the time domain among the at least two sets of transmission time units; the feedback time unit corresponding to the second transmission time unit set is: third feedback K 2 upstream of the time units after the time unit; or
    所述第一传输时间单元集合是所述至少两个传输时间单元集合中,时域位置最靠后的传输时间单元集合;第二传输时间单元集合对应的反馈时间单元为:第三反馈时间单元之前的第K 2个上行时间单元。 The first transmission time unit set is the transmission time unit set with the lowest position in the time domain among the at least two transmission time unit sets; the feedback time unit corresponding to the second transmission time unit set is: the third feedback time unit K 2 before the first uplink time units.
  24. 如权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述下行控制信息指示多个反馈时序;The method according to claim 20, wherein the downlink control information indicates multiple feedback timings;
    一个所述反馈时序对应一个传输时间单元集合;One said feedback sequence corresponds to one set of transmission time units;
    所述传输时间单元集合是利用时域位置的先后顺序,对重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元进行划分获得的。The transmission time unit set is obtained by dividing multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH by using the sequence of time domain positions.
  25. 一种终端,其特征在于,包括:A terminal, characterized in that it comprises:
    处理器,用于至少根据第一传输时间单元重复传输的物理下行共享信道PDSCH计算反馈信息;A processor, configured to calculate feedback information at least according to the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH repeatedly transmitted by the first transmission time unit;
    收发器,用于在第一反馈时间单元上发送所述反馈信息;A transceiver, configured to send the feedback information on the first feedback time unit;
    所述第一反馈时间单元,为重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元对应至少两个反馈时间单元中的任一个;The first feedback time unit is any one of at least two feedback time units corresponding to multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH;
    所述第一传输时间单元,是所述第一反馈时间单元的反馈窗口中,重复传输所述PDSCH的最后一个传输时间单元。The first transmission time unit is the last transmission time unit in which the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit.
  26. 如权利要求25所述的终端,其特征在于,The terminal according to claim 25, wherein:
    所述至少两个反馈时间单元包括第二反馈时间单元;The at least two feedback time units include a second feedback time unit;
    所述第一反馈时间单元的时域位置在所述第二反馈时间单元的时域位置之前。The time domain position of the first feedback time unit is before the time domain position of the second feedback time unit.
  27. 如权利要求26所述的终端,其特征在于,The terminal according to claim 26, wherein:
    所述处理器,还用于确定所述反馈信息为肯定反馈ACK信息;The processor is further configured to determine that the feedback information is positive feedback ACK information;
    所述收发器,还用于在第二反馈时间单元上直接发送所述ACK信息。The transceiver is further configured to directly send the ACK information on the second feedback time unit.
  28. 如权利要求25至27任一项所述的终端,其特征在于,The terminal according to any one of claims 25 to 27, wherein:
    所述收发器,还用于在一个所述传输时间单元内,重复接收一次或多次所述PDSCH。The transceiver is further configured to repeatedly receive the PDSCH one or more times within one transmission time unit.
  29. 如权利要求25至28任一项所述的终端,其特征在于,The terminal according to any one of claims 25 to 28, wherein:
    所述收发器,具体用于在第一反馈时间单元中,第一PDSCH接收时机对应的反馈信息字段上发送所述反馈信息,以及,第二PDSCH接收时机对应的反馈信息字段上发送所述反馈信息;The transceiver is specifically configured to send the feedback information on the feedback information field corresponding to the first PDSCH receiving opportunity in the first feedback time unit, and send the feedback on the feedback information field corresponding to the second PDSCH receiving opportunity information;
    所述第一PDSCH接收时机为所述第一传输时间单元重复传输所述PDSCH对应的PDSCH接收时机;The first PDSCH reception timing is the PDSCH reception timing corresponding to the PDSCH repeated transmission of the first transmission time unit;
    所述第二PDSCH接收时机为第二传输时间单元重复传输所述PDSCH对应的PDSCH接收时机;The second PDSCH reception timing is a second transmission time unit to repeatedly transmit the PDSCH reception timing corresponding to the PDSCH;
    所述第二传输时间单元在所述第一反馈时间单元的反馈窗口中的时域位置在所述第一传输时间单元之前。The time domain position of the second transmission time unit in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit is before the first transmission time unit.
  30. 如权利要求29所述的终端,其特征在于,The terminal according to claim 29, wherein:
    所述处理器,还用于基于多个时域资源分配方式确定所述第一PDSCH接收时机和所述第二PDSCH接收时机;The processor is further configured to determine the first PDSCH reception timing and the second PDSCH reception timing based on multiple time domain resource allocation modes;
    一个所述时域资源分配方式对应一个传输时间单元内传输PDSCH的时域资源;One of the time-domain resource allocation modes corresponds to the time-domain resource for transmitting PDSCH in a transmission time unit;
    所述传输PDSCH的时域资源为一次传输PDSCH的时域资源或多次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源。The time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH is a time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH once or a time domain resource for repeatedly transmitting the PDSCH for multiple times.
  31. 如权利要求30所述的终端,其特征在于,The terminal according to claim 30, wherein:
    所述处理器,还用于在一个传输时间单元内多次重复传输PDSCH时,根据所述传输时间单元内第一次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源的最后一个符号,或者所述传输时间单元内最后一次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源的最后一个符号,确定所述多次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源分配方式的接收时机。The processor is further configured to, when the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted multiple times in a transmission time unit, according to the last symbol of the time domain resource for the first repeated transmission of the PDSCH in the transmission time unit, or in the transmission time unit The last symbol of the time domain resource of the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted for the last time, and the receiving timing of the time domain resource allocation mode of the multiple repeated transmission of the PDSCH is determined.
  32. 如权利要求25至28任一项所述的终端,其特征在于,The terminal according to any one of claims 25 to 28, wherein:
    所述处理器,还用于基于下行控制信息指示的一个反馈时序或多个反馈时序确定所述至少两个反馈时间单元。The processor is further configured to determine the at least two feedback time units based on one feedback timing or multiple feedback timings indicated by the downlink control information.
  33. 如权利要求32所述的终端,其特征在于,所述下行控制信息指示一个反馈时序K 1;所述反馈时序K 1是第三传输时间单元的反馈时序;所述第三传输时间单元对应的第三反馈时间单元,是所述第三传输时间单元之后第K 1个时间单元; The terminal according to claim 32, wherein the downlink control information indicates a feedback timing K 1 ; the feedback timing K 1 is a feedback timing of a third transmission time unit; the third transmission time unit corresponds to third feedback unit time, K 1 is the first time unit after the third transmission time unit;
    所述第三传输时间单元到第四传输时间的时序偏移为K 2;所述K 1、K 2为大于或等于1的整数;所述第四传输时间单元为重复传输所述PDSCH的传输时间单元; The timing offset from the third transmission time unit to the fourth transmission time is K 2 ; the K 1 and K 2 are integers greater than or equal to 1; the fourth transmission time unit is a transmission that repeatedly transmits the PDSCH Time unit
    所述第三传输时间单元为重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元中时域位置最靠后的时间单元;所述第四传输时间单元对应的反馈时间单元为:所述第三反馈时间单元之前的第K 2个上行时间单元;或者 The third transmission time unit is the time unit with the lowest position in the time domain among multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH; the feedback time unit corresponding to the fourth transmission time unit is: the third feedback time K 2 of the previous unit time units upstream; or
    所述第三传输时间单元为重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元中时域位置最靠前的时间单元;第四传输时间单元对应的反馈时间单元为:第三反馈时间单元之后的第K 2个上行时间单元。 The third transmission time unit is the first time unit of the multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH; the feedback time unit corresponding to the fourth transmission time unit is: the first time after the third feedback time unit K 2 upstream time units.
  34. 如权利要求32所述的终端,其特征在于,所述下行控制信息指示多个反馈时序;The terminal according to claim 32, wherein the downlink control information indicates multiple feedback timings;
    所述多个反馈时序中,一个所述反馈时序对应重复传输所述PDSCH的一个或多个传 输时间单元。Among the multiple feedback timings, one feedback timing corresponds to one or more transmission time units for repeatedly transmitting the PDSCH.
  35. 如权利要求32所述的终端,其特征在于,第一传输时间单元集合和第二传输时间单元集合是利用时域位置的先后顺序,对重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元进行划分获得的;The terminal according to claim 32, wherein the first transmission time unit set and the second transmission time unit set are obtained by dividing multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH by using the sequence of time domain positions of;
    所述下行控制信息指示一个反馈时序K 1,所述反馈时序K 1是所述第一传输时间单元集合的反馈时序;所述第一传输时间单元集合对应的第三反馈时间单元,是该第一传输时间单元集合中时域位置最靠后的传输时间单元之后的第K 1个时间单元; The downlink control information indicates a feedback timing K 1 , the feedback timing K 1 is the feedback timing of the first transmission time unit set; the third feedback time unit corresponding to the first transmission time unit set is the second The K 1 time unit after the transmission time unit with the lowest position in the time domain in a transmission time unit set;
    所述第一传输时间单元集合到所述第二传输时间单元集合的时序集合偏移为K 2;所述K 1、K 2为大于或等于1的整数; The timing set offset from the first transmission time unit set to the second transmission time unit set is K 2 ; the K 1 and K 2 are integers greater than or equal to 1;
    所述第一传输时间单元集合是所述至少两个传输时间单元集合中,时域位置最靠前的传输时间单元集合;第二传输时间单元集合对应的反馈时间单元为:第三反馈时间单元之后的第K 2个上行时间单元;或者 The first set of transmission time units is the set of transmission time units with the highest position in the time domain among the at least two sets of transmission time units; the feedback time unit corresponding to the second transmission time unit set is: the third feedback time unit of K 2 time units after the uplink; or
    所述第一传输时间单元集合是所述至少两个传输时间单元集合中,时域位置最靠后的传输时间单元集合;第二传输时间单元集合对应的反馈时间单元为:第三反馈时间单元之前的第K 2个上行时间单元。 The first transmission time unit set is the transmission time unit set with the lowest position in the time domain among the at least two transmission time unit sets; the feedback time unit corresponding to the second transmission time unit set is: the third feedback time unit K 2 before the first uplink time units.
  36. 如权利要求32所述的终端,其特征在于,所述下行控制信息指示多个反馈时序;The terminal according to claim 32, wherein the downlink control information indicates multiple feedback timings;
    一个反馈时序对应一个传输时间单元集合;One feedback sequence corresponds to one transmission time unit set;
    所述传输时间单元集合是利用时域位置的先后顺序,对重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元进行划分获得的。The transmission time unit set is obtained by dividing multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH by using the sequence of time domain positions.
  37. 一种网络设备,其特征在于,包括:A network device, characterized by comprising:
    收发器,用于接收终端在第一反馈时间单元上发送的反馈信息;所述第一反馈时间单元,为重复传输物理下行共享信道PDSCH的多个传输时间单元对应的至少两个反馈时间单元中的任一个;The transceiver is configured to receive the feedback information sent by the terminal on the first feedback time unit; the first feedback time unit is one of at least two feedback time units corresponding to multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH Any of
    处理器,用于确定所述反馈信息至少为第一传输时间单元重复传输的所述PDSCH对应的反馈信息;所述第一传输时间单元,是所述第一反馈时间单元的反馈窗口中,重复传输所述PDSCH的最后一个传输时间单元。The processor is configured to determine that the feedback information is at least the feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH repeatedly transmitted by the first transmission time unit; the first transmission time unit is in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit, repeating The last transmission time unit of the PDSCH is transmitted.
  38. 如权利要求37所述的网络设备,其特征在于,The network device according to claim 37, wherein:
    所述至少两个反馈时间单元包括第二反馈时间单元;The at least two feedback time units include a second feedback time unit;
    所述第一反馈时间单元的时域位置在所述第二反馈时间单元的时域位置之前。The time domain position of the first feedback time unit is before the time domain position of the second feedback time unit.
  39. 如权利要求38所述的网络设备,其特征在于,The network device of claim 38, wherein:
    所述收发器,还用于接收所述终端在所述第二反馈时间单元上发送的肯定反馈ACK信息。The transceiver is further configured to receive positive feedback ACK information sent by the terminal on the second feedback time unit.
  40. 如权利要求37至39任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,The network device according to any one of claims 37 to 39, wherein:
    所述收发器,还用于在一个所述传输时间单元内,重复传输所述PDSCH一次或多次。The transceiver is further configured to repeatedly transmit the PDSCH one or more times within one transmission time unit.
  41. 如权利要求37至40任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,The network device according to any one of claims 37 to 40, wherein:
    所述收发器,具体用于接收终端在第一反馈时间单元中发送的,第一PDSCH接收时机对应的反馈信息字段上的所述反馈信息,以及,第二PDSCH接收时机对应的反馈信息字段上的所述反馈信息;The transceiver is specifically configured to receive the feedback information on the feedback information field corresponding to the first PDSCH receiving opportunity and the feedback information field corresponding to the second PDSCH receiving opportunity sent by the terminal in the first feedback time unit Said feedback information;
    所述第一PDSCH接收时机为所述第一传输时间单元重复传输所述PDSCH对应的PDSCH接收时机;The first PDSCH reception timing is the PDSCH reception timing corresponding to the PDSCH repeated transmission of the first transmission time unit;
    所述第二PDSCH接收时机为第二传输时间单元重复传输所述PDSCH对应的PDSCH接收时机;The second PDSCH reception timing is a second transmission time unit to repeatedly transmit the PDSCH reception timing corresponding to the PDSCH;
    所述第二传输时间单元在所述第一反馈时间单元的反馈窗口中的时域位置在所述第一传输时间单元之前。The time domain position of the second transmission time unit in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit is before the first transmission time unit.
  42. 如权利要求41所述的网络设备,其特征在于,The network device according to claim 41, wherein:
    所述处理器,还用于基于多个时域资源分配方式确定所述第一PDSCH接收时机和所述第二PDSCH接收时机;The processor is further configured to determine the first PDSCH reception timing and the second PDSCH reception timing based on multiple time domain resource allocation modes;
    一个所述时域资源分配方式对应一个传输时间单元内传输PDSCH的时域资源;One of the time-domain resource allocation modes corresponds to the time-domain resource for transmitting PDSCH in a transmission time unit;
    所述传输PDSCH的时域资源为一次传输PDSCH的时域资源或多次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源。The time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH is a time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH once or a time domain resource for repeatedly transmitting the PDSCH for multiple times.
  43. 如权利要求42所述的网络设备,其特征在于,The network device of claim 42, wherein:
    所述处理器,用于在一个传输时间单元内多次重复传输PDSCH时,根据所述传输时间单元内第一次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源的最后一个符号,或者所述传输时间单元内最后一次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源的最后一个符号,确定所述时域资源分配方式的接收时机。The processor is configured to transmit the PDSCH repeatedly in a transmission time unit according to the last symbol of the time domain resource for the first repeated transmission of the PDSCH in the transmission time unit, or the last symbol in the transmission time unit The last symbol of the time domain resource of the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted once to determine the receiving timing of the time domain resource allocation mode.
  44. 如权利要求37至40任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,The network device according to any one of claims 37 to 40, wherein:
    所述收发器,还用于发送下行控制信息;所述下行控制信息指示一个反馈时序或多个反馈时序。The transceiver is also used to send downlink control information; the downlink control information indicates one feedback timing sequence or multiple feedback timings.
  45. 如权利要求44所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述下行控制信息指示一个反馈时序K 1;所述反馈时序K 1是第三传输时间单元的反馈时序;所述第三传输时间单元对应的第三反馈时间单元,是所述第三传输时间单元之后第K 1个时间单元; The network device of claim 44, wherein the downlink control information indicates a feedback timing K 1 ; the feedback timing K 1 is a feedback timing of a third transmission time unit; the third transmission time unit corresponds to third feedback unit time, K 1 is the first time unit after the third transmission time unit;
    所述第三传输时间单元到第四传输时间的时序偏移为K 2;所述K 1、K 2为大于或等于1的整数;所述第四传输时间单元为重复传输所述PDSCH的传输时间单元; The timing offset from the third transmission time unit to the fourth transmission time is K 2 ; the K 1 and K 2 are integers greater than or equal to 1; the fourth transmission time unit is a transmission that repeatedly transmits the PDSCH Time unit
    所述第三传输时间单元为重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元中时域位置最靠后的时间单元;所述第四传输时间单元对应的反馈时间单元为:所述第三反馈时间单元之 前的第K 2个上行时间单元;或者 The third transmission time unit is the time unit with the lowest position in the time domain among multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH; the feedback time unit corresponding to the fourth transmission time unit is: the third feedback time K 2 of the previous unit time units upstream; or
    所述第三传输时间单元为重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元中时域位置最靠前的时间单元;第四传输时间单元对应的反馈时间单元为:第三反馈时间单元之后的第K 2个上行时间单元。 The third transmission time unit is the first time unit of the multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH; the feedback time unit corresponding to the fourth transmission time unit is: the first time after the third feedback time unit K 2 upstream time units.
  46. 如权利要求44所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述下行控制信息指示多个反馈时序;The network device according to claim 44, wherein the downlink control information indicates multiple feedback timings;
    所述多个反馈时序中,一个所述反馈时序对应重复传输所述PDSCH的一个或多个传输时间单元。Among the multiple feedback timings, one of the feedback timings corresponds to one or more transmission time units for repeatedly transmitting the PDSCH.
  47. 如权利要求44所述的网络设备,其特征在于,至少两个传输时间单元集合包括第一传输时间单元集合和第二传输时间单元集合;所述至少两个传输时间单元集合是利用时域位置的先后顺序,对重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元进行划分获得的;The network device according to claim 44, wherein the at least two transmission time unit sets include a first transmission time unit set and a second transmission time unit set; the at least two transmission time unit sets use time domain positions Is obtained by dividing multiple transmission time units for repeated transmission of the PDSCH;
    所述下行控制信息指示一个反馈时序K 1,所述反馈时序K 1是所述第一传输时间单元集合的反馈时序;第一传输时间单元集合对应的第三反馈时间单元,是该第一传输时间单元集合中时域位置最靠后的传输时间单元之后第K 1个时间单元; The downlink control information indicates a feedback timing K 1 , the feedback timing K 1 is the feedback timing of the first transmission time unit set; the third feedback time unit corresponding to the first transmission time unit set is the first transmission K 1 units of time after the time set unit transmission time units after the time domain position of the innermost;
    所述第一传输时间单元集合到所述第二传输时间单元集合的时序集合偏移为K 2;所述K 1、K 2为大于或等于1的整数; The timing set offset from the first transmission time unit set to the second transmission time unit set is K 2 ; the K 1 and K 2 are integers greater than or equal to 1;
    所述第一传输时间单元集合是所述至少两个传输时间单元集合中,时域位置最靠前的传输时间单元集合;所述第二传输时间单元集合对应的反馈时间单元为:第三反馈时间单元之后的第K 2个上行时间单元;或者 The first set of transmission time units is the set of transmission time units with the highest position in the time domain among the at least two sets of transmission time units; the feedback time unit corresponding to the second transmission time unit set is: third feedback K 2 upstream of the time units after the time unit; or
    所述第一传输时间单元集合是所述至少两个传输时间单元集合中,时域位置最靠后的传输时间单元集合;第二传输时间单元集合对应的反馈时间单元为:第三反馈时间单元之前的第K 2个上行时间单元。 The first transmission time unit set is the transmission time unit set with the lowest position in the time domain among the at least two transmission time unit sets; the feedback time unit corresponding to the second transmission time unit set is: the third feedback time unit K 2 before the first uplink time units.
  48. 如权利要求44所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述下行控制信息指示多个反馈时序;The network device according to claim 44, wherein the downlink control information indicates multiple feedback timings;
    一个反馈时序对应一个传输时间单元集合;One feedback sequence corresponds to one transmission time unit set;
    所述传输时间单元集合是利用时域位置的先后顺序,对重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元进行划分获得的。The transmission time unit set is obtained by dividing multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH by using the sequence of time domain positions.
  49. 一种芯片系统,其特征在于,包括:至少一个处理器和接口;A chip system, characterized by comprising: at least one processor and an interface;
    所述处理器,用于至少根据第一传输时间单元重复传输的物理下行共享信道PDSCH计算反馈信息;The processor is configured to calculate feedback information at least according to the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH repeatedly transmitted by the first transmission time unit;
    所述接口,用于输出所述反馈信息,以在第一反馈时间单元上发送所述反馈信息;The interface is configured to output the feedback information, so as to send the feedback information on the first feedback time unit;
    所述第一反馈时间单元,为重复传输所述PDSCH的多个传输时间单元对应至少两个反馈时间单元中的任一个;The first feedback time unit is any one of at least two feedback time units corresponding to multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the PDSCH;
    所述第一传输时间单元,是所述第一反馈时间单元的反馈窗口中,重复传输所述 PDSCH的最后一个传输时间单元。The first transmission time unit is the last transmission time unit that repeatedly transmits the PDSCH in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit.
  50. 如权利要求49所述的芯片系统,其特征在于,The chip system of claim 49, wherein:
    所述至少两个反馈时间单元包括第二反馈时间单元;The at least two feedback time units include a second feedback time unit;
    所述第一反馈时间单元的时域位置在所述第二反馈时间单元的时域位置之前。The time domain position of the first feedback time unit is before the time domain position of the second feedback time unit.
  51. 如权利要求50所述的芯片系统,其特征在于,The chip system of claim 50, wherein:
    所述处理器,还用于确定所述反馈信息为肯定反馈ACK信息;The processor is further configured to determine that the feedback information is positive feedback ACK information;
    所述接口,还用于输出所述ACK信息,以在所述第二反馈时间单元上直接发送所述ACK信息。The interface is also used to output the ACK information, so as to directly send the ACK information in the second feedback time unit.
  52. 如权利要求49至51任一项所述的芯片系统,其特征在于,The chip system according to any one of claims 49 to 51, wherein:
    所述处理器,还用于控制在一个所述传输时间单元内,重复接收一次或多次所述PDSCH。The processor is further configured to control to repeatedly receive the PDSCH one or more times within one transmission time unit.
  53. 如权利要求49至52任一项所述的芯片系统,其特征在于,The chip system according to any one of claims 49 to 52, wherein:
    所述处理器,还用于控制在第一反馈时间单元中,第一PDSCH接收时机对应的反馈信息字段上发送所述反馈信息,以及,第二PDSCH接收时机对应的反馈信息字段上发送所述反馈信息;The processor is further configured to control, in the first feedback time unit, to send the feedback information on the feedback information field corresponding to the first PDSCH receiving opportunity, and to send the feedback information on the feedback information field corresponding to the second PDSCH receiving opportunity Feedback;
    所述第一PDSCH接收时机为所述第一传输时间单元重复传输所述PDSCH对应的PDSCH接收时机;The first PDSCH reception timing is the PDSCH reception timing corresponding to the PDSCH repeated transmission of the first transmission time unit;
    所述第二PDSCH接收时机为第二传输时间单元重复传输所述PDSCH对应的PDSCH接收时机;The second PDSCH reception timing is a second transmission time unit to repeatedly transmit the PDSCH reception timing corresponding to the PDSCH;
    所述第二传输时间单元在所述第一反馈时间单元的反馈窗口中的时域位置在所述第一传输时间单元之前。The time domain position of the second transmission time unit in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit is before the first transmission time unit.
  54. 如权利要求53所述的芯片系统,其特征在于,The chip system of claim 53, wherein:
    所述处理器,还用于基于多个时域资源分配方式确定所述第一PDSCH接收时机和所述第二PDSCH接收时机;The processor is further configured to determine the first PDSCH reception timing and the second PDSCH reception timing based on multiple time domain resource allocation modes;
    一个所述时域资源分配方式对应一个传输时间单元内传输PDSCH的时域资源;One of the time-domain resource allocation modes corresponds to the time-domain resource for transmitting PDSCH in a transmission time unit;
    所述传输PDSCH的时域资源为一次传输PDSCH的时域资源或多次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源。The time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH is a time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH once or a time domain resource for repeatedly transmitting the PDSCH for multiple times.
  55. 如权利要求54所述的芯片系统,其特征在于,The chip system of claim 54, wherein:
    所述处理器,还用于在一个传输时间单元内多次重复传输PDSCH时,根据所述传输时间单元内第一次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源的最后一个符号,或者所述传输时间单元内最后一次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源的最后一个符号,确定所述多次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源分配方式的接收时机。The processor is further configured to, when the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted multiple times in a transmission time unit, according to the last symbol of the time domain resource for the first repeated transmission of the PDSCH in the transmission time unit, or in the transmission time unit The last symbol of the time domain resource of the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted for the last time, and the receiving timing of the time domain resource allocation mode of the multiple repeated transmission of the PDSCH is determined.
  56. 如权利要求49至52任一项所述的芯片系统,其特征在于,The chip system according to any one of claims 49 to 52, wherein:
    所述处理器,还用于基于下行控制信息指示的一个反馈时序或多个反馈时序确定所述至少两个反馈时间单元。The processor is further configured to determine the at least two feedback time units based on one feedback timing or multiple feedback timings indicated by the downlink control information.
  57. 一种芯片系统,其特征在于,包括:至少一个处理器和接口;A chip system, characterized by comprising: at least one processor and an interface;
    所述接口,用于输入反馈信息,所述反馈信息为终端在第一反馈时间单元上发送的反馈信息;所述第一反馈时间单元,为重复传输物理下行共享信道PDSCH的多个传输时间单元对应的至少两个反馈时间单元中的任一个;The interface is used to input feedback information, where the feedback information is the feedback information sent by the terminal on the first feedback time unit; the first feedback time unit is multiple transmission time units that repeatedly transmit the physical downlink shared channel PDSCH Any one of at least two corresponding feedback time units;
    所述处理器,用于确定所述反馈信息至少为第一传输时间单元重复传输的所述PDSCH对应的反馈信息;所述第一传输时间单元,是所述第一反馈时间单元的反馈窗口中,重复传输所述PDSCH的最后一个传输时间单元。The processor is configured to determine that the feedback information is at least the feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH repeatedly transmitted by a first transmission time unit; the first transmission time unit is in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit To repeatedly transmit the last transmission time unit of the PDSCH.
  58. 如权利要求57所述的芯片系统,其特征在于,The chip system of claim 57, wherein:
    所述至少两个反馈时间单元包括第二反馈时间单元;The at least two feedback time units include a second feedback time unit;
    所述第一反馈时间单元的时域位置在所述第二反馈时间单元的时域位置之前。The time domain position of the first feedback time unit is before the time domain position of the second feedback time unit.
  59. 如权利要求58所述的芯片系统,其特征在于,The chip system according to claim 58, wherein:
    所述接口,还用于输入肯定反馈ACK信息,所述肯定反馈ACK信息为所述终端在所述第二反馈时间单元上发送的肯定反馈ACK信息。The interface is also used to input positive feedback ACK information, where the positive feedback ACK information is the positive feedback ACK information sent by the terminal in the second feedback time unit.
  60. 如权利要求57至59任一项所述的芯片系统,其特征在于,The chip system according to any one of claims 57 to 59, wherein:
    所述处理器,还用于控制在一个所述传输时间单元内,重复传输所述PDSCH一次或多次。The processor is further configured to control the repeated transmission of the PDSCH one or more times within one transmission time unit.
  61. 如权利要求57至60任一项所述的芯片系统,其特征在于,The chip system according to any one of claims 57 to 60, wherein:
    所述接口,具体用于输入第一反馈信息和第二反馈信息;The interface is specifically used to input the first feedback information and the second feedback information;
    所述第一反馈信息为所述终端在第一反馈时间单元中,第一PDSCH接收时机对应的反馈信息字段上发送的反馈信息;所述第二反馈信息为所述终端在所述第一反馈时间单元中,第二PDSCH接收时机对应的反馈信息字段上发送的反馈信息;The first feedback information is the feedback information sent by the terminal on the feedback information field corresponding to the first PDSCH receiving opportunity in the first feedback time unit; the second feedback information is the terminal’s feedback in the first feedback In the time unit, the feedback information sent on the feedback information field corresponding to the second PDSCH receiving opportunity;
    所述第一PDSCH接收时机为所述第一传输时间单元重复传输所述PDSCH对应的PDSCH接收时机;The first PDSCH reception timing is the PDSCH reception timing corresponding to the PDSCH repeated transmission of the first transmission time unit;
    所述第二PDSCH接收时机为第二传输时间单元重复传输所述PDSCH对应的PDSCH接收时机;The second PDSCH reception timing is a second transmission time unit to repeatedly transmit the PDSCH reception timing corresponding to the PDSCH;
    所述第二传输时间单元在所述第一反馈时间单元的反馈窗口中的时域位置在所述第一传输时间单元之前。The time domain position of the second transmission time unit in the feedback window of the first feedback time unit is before the first transmission time unit.
  62. 如权利要求61所述的芯片系统,其特征在于,The chip system of claim 61, wherein:
    所述处理器,还用于基于多个时域资源分配方式确定所述第一PDSCH接收时机和所述第二PDSCH接收时机;The processor is further configured to determine the first PDSCH reception timing and the second PDSCH reception timing based on multiple time domain resource allocation modes;
    一个所述时域资源分配方式对应一个传输时间单元内传输PDSCH的时域资源;One of the time-domain resource allocation modes corresponds to the time-domain resource for transmitting PDSCH in a transmission time unit;
    所述传输PDSCH的时域资源为一次传输PDSCH的时域资源或多次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源。The time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH is a time domain resource for transmitting the PDSCH once or a time domain resource for repeatedly transmitting the PDSCH for multiple times.
  63. 如权利要求62所述的芯片系统,其特征在于,The chip system of claim 62, wherein:
    所述处理器,还用于在一个传输时间单元内多次重复传输PDSCH时,根据所述传输时间单元内第一次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源的最后一个符号,或者所述传输时间单元内最后一次重复传输PDSCH的时域资源的最后一个符号,确定所述时域资源分配方式的接收时机。The processor is further configured to transmit the PDSCH repeatedly in a transmission time unit according to the last symbol of the time domain resource for the first repeated transmission of the PDSCH in the transmission time unit, or in the transmission time unit The last symbol of the time domain resource of the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted for the last time, and the receiving timing of the time domain resource allocation manner is determined.
  64. 如权利要求57至60任一项所述的芯片系统,其特征在于,The chip system according to any one of claims 57 to 60, wherein:
    所述接口,还用于输出下行控制信息,以向所述终端发送所述下行控制信息;所述下行控制信息指示一个反馈时序或多个反馈时序。The interface is also used to output downlink control information to send the downlink control information to the terminal; the downlink control information indicates one feedback timing sequence or multiple feedback timings.
  65. 一种装置,其特征在于,用于实现如权利要求1至12任一项所述的方法,或用于实现如权利要求13至24任一项所述的方法。A device, characterized by being used to implement the method according to any one of claims 1 to 12, or for implementing the method according to any one of claims 13 to 24.
  66. 一种装置,其特征在于,包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器和所述处理器耦合,所述处理器用于执行权利要求1至12任一项所述的方法,或执行权利要求13至24任一项所述的方法。A device, comprising a processor and a memory, the memory and the processor are coupled, and the processor is configured to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 12, or to execute claims 13 to 24 Any one of the methods.
  67. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括权利要求25至36任一项所述的装置,和权利要求37至48任一项所述的装置。A communication system, characterized by comprising the device according to any one of claims 25 to 36 and the device according to any one of claims 37 to 48.
  68. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,包括指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行权利要求1至12任一项所述的方法;或者使得计算机执行权利要求13至24任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized by comprising instructions, which when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 12; or causes the computer to execute any one of claims 13 to 24 The method described in the item.
  69. 一种计算机程序产品,包括指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行权利要求1至12任一项所述的方法;或者使得计算机执行权利要求13至24任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, including instructions, which when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 12; or causes the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 13 to 24.
PCT/CN2020/101078 2019-07-12 2020-07-09 Feedback information processing method and device WO2021008434A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910633103.4A CN112217621B (en) 2019-07-12 2019-07-12 Feedback information processing method and equipment
CN201910633103.4 2019-07-12

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021008434A1 true WO2021008434A1 (en) 2021-01-21

Family

ID=74047259

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/101078 WO2021008434A1 (en) 2019-07-12 2020-07-09 Feedback information processing method and device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN112217621B (en)
WO (1) WO2021008434A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023056880A1 (en) * 2021-10-08 2023-04-13 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Feedback method, communication node and storage medium
CN115988662A (en) * 2023-03-13 2023-04-18 新华三技术有限公司 Data feedback method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP4307801A4 (en) * 2021-04-30 2024-04-24 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Uplink transmission method, terminal device, and network device
CN115314166A (en) * 2021-05-08 2022-11-08 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for processing data

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104811283A (en) * 2014-01-23 2015-07-29 夏普株式会社 Physical uplink channel configuration method, base station and user equipment
US20190150181A1 (en) * 2017-06-15 2019-05-16 Lg Electronics Inc. Methods for transmitting and receiving acknowledgment information between terminal and base station in wireless communication system, and devices supporting same

Family Cites Families (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102025467B (en) * 2009-12-30 2013-05-15 电信科学技术研究院 Transmission method and transmission device for feedback information
US9185564B2 (en) * 2012-05-11 2015-11-10 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha Devices for sending and receiving feedback information
KR20230117640A (en) * 2015-06-17 2023-08-08 애플 인크. Ack/nack signals for next generation lte devices and systems
WO2017078299A1 (en) * 2015-11-06 2017-05-11 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for handling of drx timers for multiple repetition transmission in wireless communication system and a device therefor
CN108811094B (en) * 2017-05-02 2021-08-13 普天信息技术有限公司 Data transmission method
CN109687937B (en) * 2017-10-19 2021-08-06 普天信息技术有限公司 Modulation coding mode and repetition frequency selection method and device
CN109769303B (en) * 2017-11-09 2022-06-21 成都鼎桥通信技术有限公司 Method for random access and service transmission
CN109802764B (en) * 2017-11-17 2022-08-30 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 Method, device, equipment and storage medium for reporting or receiving ACK/NACK
WO2019191929A1 (en) * 2018-04-04 2019-10-10 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Method for transmitting uplink control information, terminal device, and network device

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104811283A (en) * 2014-01-23 2015-07-29 夏普株式会社 Physical uplink channel configuration method, base station and user equipment
US20190150181A1 (en) * 2017-06-15 2019-05-16 Lg Electronics Inc. Methods for transmitting and receiving acknowledgment information between terminal and base station in wireless communication system, and devices supporting same

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
LG ELECTRONICS: "PDSCH related techniques for LTE URLLC", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 MEETING #92 R1-1802181, 2 March 2018 (2018-03-02), XP051397186, DOI: 20200908140257X *
SONY: "On Layer1 enhancement for URLLC", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 MEETING #94 R1-1808343, 24 August 2018 (2018-08-24), XP051515725, DOI: 20200908140353A *

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023056880A1 (en) * 2021-10-08 2023-04-13 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Feedback method, communication node and storage medium
CN115988662A (en) * 2023-03-13 2023-04-18 新华三技术有限公司 Data feedback method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN112217621A (en) 2021-01-12
CN112217621B (en) 2022-05-13

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20200403737A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmission or reception of sidelink feedback in communication system
WO2021008434A1 (en) Feedback information processing method and device
CN109479314B (en) Method and apparatus for handling collisions in a next generation communication system
WO2021063318A1 (en) Indication method and apparatus, receiving processing method and apparatus, and terminal and storage medium
TW201907739A (en) Resource selection method and device
CN109428680B (en) Method and device for transmitting or receiving uplink data
CN109429334B (en) Data transmission method and device
CN111435885B (en) Method for transmitting data, communication device and network device
WO2020221225A1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2021032015A1 (en) Feedback information transmission method and communication apparatus
WO2021159464A1 (en) Method and device for sending and receiving information
CN114175538B (en) Method and apparatus for enhanced DAI
WO2021032003A1 (en) Uplink control information transmission method and communication apparatus
CN112311504A (en) Transmission method of feedback information and terminal device
WO2021027946A1 (en) Tci state determining method, channel transmission method, and related device
WO2021000937A1 (en) Multi-time unit transmission method and related apparatus
CN113595707B (en) Uplink control information transmission method and device
CN114391230A (en) Method and device for multiplexing transmission of uplink control information
WO2021063375A1 (en) Feedback information processing method and communication apparatus
CN112584430B (en) Communication method and device
WO2020103633A1 (en) Method for sending and receiving control information, and terminal device
WO2023130993A1 (en) Communication method and terminal device
WO2021018262A1 (en) Data transmission method and device therefor
WO2023029976A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2020221344A1 (en) Channel transmission method and related device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20840915

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20840915

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1